multi-descriptor transmission attempt. Datasheet said nothing about
this requirements. This should fix a long-standing VLAN hardware
tagging issues with re(4).
Reported by: Giulio Ferro ( auryn AT zirakzigil DOT org )
Tested by: Giulio Ferro ( auryn AT zirakzigil DOT org )
exhaustion is encountered. There was a fix made previously for this
problem but the solution (breaking out of the receive loop) does not
seem to work. mbuf reuse strategy is already adopted by other drivers
such as if_bge. The problem was recreated and the patch is also
verified in the same test environment.
putting the correct size in the fib header. Presumably the older firmware
silently ignored a bad size field.
(This change tested with a 3805 controller. Passthrough devices were
created when running firmware build 12814, but not 15323 or later. With
this change they're created for both old and new firmware versions.)
Submitted by: Adaptec
FSACTL_LNX_SEND_LARGE_FIB, and FSACTL_LNX_SEND_RAW_SRB, and correct size
checks on FIBs passed in from userspace. Both changes were obtained from
Adaptec's driver build 15317. Adaptec's commandline RAID tool arcconf uses
these ioctls when creating a RAID-10 array (and probably other operations
too).
work on architectures with a write-back cache as the PIO writes end up
in the cache which the sync(BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD) in usb_transfer_complete
then discards; compensate in the xfer methods that do PIO by pushing the
writes out of the cache before usb_transfer_complete is called.
This fixes USB on xscale and likely other places.
Sponsored by: hobnob
Reviewed by: cognet, imp
MFC after: 1 month
all uses) involve a read but usbd_start_transfer only does a PREWRITE; change
this to BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD | BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE as I'm not sure if any
users do write+read.
Reviewed by: cognet, imp
MFC after: 1 month
2's compliment.
The 2's compliment transform is done so a "count down" sampling interval
can be converted into a "count up" PMC value. a 2's complimented 'count down'
value is written to the PMC counter; then the read-back counter is reverted
via another 2's compliment.
PR: kern/121660
Reviewed by: jkoshy
Approved by: jkoshy
MFC after: 1 week
for a configurable number of seconds, spin the disk down. Spin it back
up on the next request.
Notice that the timeout is only armed by a request, so to spin down a
disk you may have to do:
atacontrol spindown ad10 5
dd if=/dev/ad10 of=/dev/null count=1
To disable spindown, set timeout to zero:
atacontrol spindown ad10 0
In order to debug any trouble caused, this code is somewhat noisy on the
console.
Enabling spindown on a disk containing / or /var/log/messages is not
going to do anything sensible.
Spinning a disk up and down all the time will wear it out, use sensibly.
Approved by: sos
monitor mode. This solves a problem that sometimes mangled frames
are passed.
Submitted by: Werner Backes <werner_at_bit-1.de>
Tested by: Werner Backes <werner_at_bit-1.de>
PR: kern/121608
Approved by: thompsa (mentor)
after each SYSINIT() macro invocation. This makes a number of
lightweight C parsers much happier with the FreeBSD kernel
source, including cflow's prcc and lxr.
MFC after: 1 month
Discussed with: imp, rink
different "platforms" on x86 machines. The existing code already handles
having two platforms: ACPI and legacy. However, the existing approach was
rather hardcoded and difficult to extend. These changes take the approach
that each x86 hardware platform should provide its own nexus(4) driver (it
can inherit most of its behavior from the default legacy nexus(4) driver)
which is responsible for probing for the platform and performing
appropriate platform-specific setup during attach (such as adding a
platform-specific bus device). This does mean changing the x86 platform
busses to no longer use an identify routine for probing, but to move that
logic into their matching nexus(4) driver instead.
- Make the default nexus(4) driver in nexus.c on i386 and amd64 handle the
legacy platform. It's probe routine now returns BUS_PROBE_GENERIC so it
can be overriden.
- Expose a nexus_init_resources() routine which initializes the various
resource managers so that subclassed nexus(4) drivers can invoke it from
their attach routine.
- The legacy nexus(4) driver explicitly adds a legacy0 device in its
attach routine.
- The ACPI driver no longer contains an new-bus identify method. Instead
it exposes a public function (acpi_identify()) which is a probe routine
that the MD nexus(4) drivers can use to probe for ACPI. All of the
probe logic in acpi_probe() is now moved into acpi_identify() and
acpi_probe() is just a stub.
- On i386 and amd64, an ACPI-specific nexus(4) driver checks for ACPI via
acpi_identify() and claims the nexus0 device if the probe succeeds. It
then explicitly adds an acpi0 device in its attach routine.
- The legacy(4) driver no longer knows anything about the acpi0 device.
- On ia64 if acpi_identify() fails you basically end up with no devices.
This matches the previous behavior where the old acpi_identify() would
fail to add an acpi0 device again leaving you with no devices.
Discussed with: imp
Silence on: arch@
failing to load on a kernel that has "nodevice mem" in the config. It will
now properly bring in the mem(4) module.
Submitted by: antoine
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 1 week
hangs (one at boot, one at shutdown) in recent machines. First, only try
to take ownership of the EHCI controller if the BIOS currently owns the
controller. On a HP DL160 G5, the machine hangs when we try to take
ownership. Second, don't bother trying to give up ownership of the
controller during shutdown. It's not strictly required and a Dell DCS S29
hangs on shutdown after the config write.
Both of these changes match the behavior of the Linux EHCI driver. I also
think both of these hangs are caused by bugs in the BIOS' SMM handler
causing it to get stuck in an infinite loop in SMM.
MFC after: 1 week
accept a mouse using the boot subclass. Instead, restore the original
hid_is_collection() test and fallback to testing the interface class,
subclass, and protocol if that fails.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: usb/118670
might be currently programmed into the registers.
Underlying firmware (U-Boot) would typically program MAC address into the
first unit only, and others are left uninitialized. It is now possible to
retrieve and program MAC address for all units properly, provided they were
passed on in the bootinfo metadata.
Reviewed by: imp, marcel
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
state change and reliable error recovery.
o Moved vr_softc structure and relevant macros to header file.
o Use PCIR_BAR macro to get BARs.
o Implemented suspend/resume methods.
o Implemented automatic Tx threshold configuration which will be
activated when it suffers from Tx underrun. Also Tx underrun
will try to restart only Tx path and resort to previous
full-reset(both Rx/Tx) operation if restarting Tx path have failed.
o Removed old bit-banging MII interface. Rhine provides simple and
efficient MII interface. While I'm here show PHY address and PHY
register number when its read/write operation was failed.
o Define VR_MII_TIMEOUT constant and use it in MII access routines.
o Always honor link up/down state reported by mii layers. The link
state information is used in vr_start() to determine whether we
got a valid link.
o Removed vr_setcfg() which is now handled in vr_link_task(), link
state taskqueue handler. When mii layer reports link state changes
the taskqueue handler reprograms MAC to reflect negotiated duplex
settings. Flow-control changes are not handled yet and it should
be revisited when mii layer knows the notion of flow-control.
o Added a new sysctl interface to get statistics of an instance of
the driver.(sysctl dev.vr.0.stats=1)
o Chip name was renamed to reflect the official name of the chips
described in VIA Rhine I/II/III datasheet.
REV_ID_3065_A -> REV_ID_VT6102_A
REV_ID_3065_B -> REV_ID_VT6102_B
REV_ID_3065_C -> REV_ID_VT6102_C
REV_ID_3106_J -> REV_ID_VT6105_A0
REV_ID_3106_S -> REV_ID_VT6105M_A0
The following chip revisions were added.
#define REV_ID_VT6105_B0 0x83
#define REV_ID_VT6105_LOM 0x8A
#define REV_ID_VT6107_A0 0x8C
#define REV_ID_VT6107_A1 0x8D
#define REV_ID_VT6105M_B1 0x94
o Always show chip revision number in device attach. This shall help
identifying revision specific issues.
o Check whether EEPROM reloading is complete by inspecting the state
of VR_EECSR_LOAD bit. This bit is self-cleared after the EEPROM
reloading. Previously vr(4) blindly spins for 200us which may/may
not enough to complete the EEPROM reload.
o Removed if_mtu setup. It's done in ether_ifattach().
o Use our own callout to drive watchdog timer.
o In vr_attach disable further interrupts after reset. For VT6102 or
newer hardwares, diable MII state change interrupt as well because
mii state handling is done by mii layer.
o Add more sane register initialization for VT6102 or newer chips.
- Have NIC report error instead of retrying forever.
- Let hardware detect MII coding error.
- Enable MODE10T mode.
- Enable memory-read-multiple for VT6107.
o PHY address for VT6105 or newer chips is located at fixed address 1.
For older chips the PHY address is stored in VR_PHYADDR register.
Armed with these information, there is no need to re-read
VR_PHYADDR register in miibus handler to get PHY address. This
saves one register access cycle for each MII access.
o Don't reprogram VR_PHYADDR register whenever access to a register
located at a PHY address is made. Rhine fmaily allows reprogramming
PHY address location via VR_PHYADDR register depending on
VR_MIISTAT_PHYOPT bit of VR_MIISTAT register. This used to lead
numerous phantom PHYs attached to miibus during phy probe phase and
driver used to limit allowable PHY address in mii register accessors
for certain chip revisions. This removes one more register access
cycle for each MII access.
o Correctly set VLAN header length.
o bus_dma(9) conversion.
- Limit DMA access to be in range of 32bit address space. Hardware
doesn't support DAC.
- Apply descriptor ring alignment requirements(16 bytes alignment)
- Apply Rx buffer address alignment requirements(4 bytes alignment)
- Apply Tx buffer address alignment requirements(4 bytes alignment)
for Rhine I chip. Rhine II or III has no Tx buffer address
alignment restrictions, though.
- Reduce number of allowable number of DMA segments to 8.
- Removed the atomic(9) used in descriptor ownership managements
as it's job of bus_dmamap_sync(9).
With these change vr(4) should work on all platforms.
o Rhine uses two separated 8bits command registers to control Tx/Rx
MAC. So don't access it as a single 16bit register.
o For non-strict alignment architectures vr(4) no longer require
time-consuming copy operation for received frames to align IP
header. This greatly improves Rx performance on i386/amd64
platforms. However the alignment is still necessary for
strict-alignment platforms(e.g. sparc64). The alignment is handled
in new fuction vr_fixup_rx().
o vr_rxeof() now rejects multiple-segmented(fragmented) frames as
vr(4) is not ready to handle this situation. Datasheet said nothing
about the reason when/why it happens.
o In vr_newbuf() don't set VR_RXSTAT_FIRSTFRAG/VR_RXSTAT_LASTFRAG
bits as it's set by hardware.
o Don't pass checksum offload information to upper layer for
fragmented frames. The hardware assisted checksum is valid only
when the frame is non-fragmented IP frames. Also mark the checksum
is valid for corrupted frames such that upper layers doesn't need
to recompute the checksum with software routine.
o Removed vr_rxeoc(). RxDMA doesn't seem to need to be idle before
sending VR_CMD_RX_GO command. Previously it used to stop RxDMA
first which in turn resulted in long delays in Rx error recovery.
o Rewrote Tx completion handler.
- Always check VR_TXSTAT_OWN bit in status word prior to
inspecting other status bits in the status word.
- Collision counter updates were corrected as VT3071 or newer
ones use different bits to notify collisions.
- Unlike other chip revisions, VT86C100A uses different bit to
indicate Tx underrun. For VT3071 or newer ones, check both
VR_TXSTAT_TBUFF and VR_TXSTAT_UDF bits to see whether Tx
underrun was happend. In case of Tx underrun requeue the failed
frame and restart stalled Tx SM. Also double Tx DMA threshold
size on each failure to mitigate future Tx underruns.
- Disarm watchdog timer only if we have no queued packets,
otherwise don't touch watchdog timer.
o Rewrote interrupt handler.
- status word in Tx/Rx descriptors indicates more detailed error
state required to recover from the specific error. There is no
need to rely on interrupt status word to recover from Tx/Rx
error except PCI bus error. Other event notifications like
statistics counter overflows or link state events will be
handled in main interrupt handler.
- Don't touch VR_IMR register if we are in suspend mode. Touching
the register may hang the hardware if we are in suspended state.
Previously it seems that touching VR_IMR register in interrupt
handler was to work-around panic occurred in system shutdown
stage on SMP systems. I think that work-around would hide
root-cause of the panic and I couldn't reproduce the panic
with multiple attempts on my box.
o While padding space to meet minimum frame size, zero the pad data
in order to avoid possibly leaking sensitive data.
o Rewrote vr_start_locked().
- Don't try to queue packets if number of available Tx descriptors
are short than that of required one.
o Don't reinitialize hardware whenever media configuration is
changed. Media/link state changes are reported from mii layer if
this happens and vr_link_task() will perform necessary changes.
o Don't reinitialize hardware if only PROMISC bit was changed. Just
toggle the PROMISC bit in hardware is sufficient to reflect the
request.
o Rearrganed the IFCAP_POLLING/IFCAP_HWCSUM handling in vr_ioctl().
o Generate Tx completion interrupts for every VR_TX_INTR_THRESH-th
frames. This reduces Tx completion interrupts under heavy network
loads.
o Since vr(4) doesn't request Tx interrupts for every queued frames,
reclaim any pending descriptors not handled in Tx completion
handler before actually firing up watchdog timeouts.
o Added vr_tx_stop()/vr_rx_stop() to wait for the end of active
TxDMA/RxDMA cycles(draining). These routines are used in vr_stop()
to ensure sane state of MAC before releasing allocated Tx/Rx
buffers. vr_link_task() also takes advantage of these functions to
get to idle state prior to restarting Tx/Rx.
o Added vr_tx_start()/vr_rx_start() to restart Rx/Tx. By separating
Rx operation from Tx operation vr(4) no longer need to full-reset
the hardware in case of Tx/Rx error recovery.
o Implemented WOL.
o Added VT6105M specific register definitions. VT6105M has the
following hardware capabilities.
- Tx/Rx IP/TCP/UDP checksum offload.
- VLAN hardware tag insertion/extraction. Due to lack of information
for getting extracted VLAN tag in Rx path, VLAN hardware support
was not implemented yet.
- CAM(Content Addressable Memory) based 32 entry perfect multicast/
VLAN filtering.
- 8 priority queues.
o Implemented CAM based 32 entry perfect multicast filtering for
VT6105M. If number of multicast entry is greater than 32, vr(4)
uses traditional hash based filtering.
o Reflect real Tx/Rx descriptor structure. Previously vr(4) used to
embed other driver (private) data into these structure. This type
of embedding make it hard to work on LP64 systems.
o Removed unused vr_mii_frame structure and MII bit-baning
definitions.
o Added new PCI configuration registers that controls mii operation
and mode selection.
o Reduced number of Tx/Rx descriptors to 128 from 256. From my
testing, increasing number of descriptors above than 64 didn't help
increasing performance at all. Experimentations show 128 Rx
descriptors seems to help a lot reducing Rx FIFO overruns under
high system loads. It seems the poor Tx performance of Rhine
hardwares comes from the limitation of hardware. You wouldn't
satuarte the link with vr(4) no matter how fast CPU/large number of
descriptors are used.
o Added vr_statistics structure to hold various counter values.
No regression was reported but one variant of Rhine III(VT6105M)
found on RouterBOARD 44 does not work yet(Reported by Milan Obuch).
I hope this would be resolved in near future.
I'd like to say big thanks to Mike Tancsa who kindly donated a Rhine
hardware to me. Without his enthusiastic testing and feedbacks
overhauling vr(4) never have been possible. Also thanks to Masayuki
Murayama who provided some good comments on the hardware's internals.
This driver is result of combined effort of many users who provided
many feedbacks so I'd like to say special thanks to them.
Hardware donated by: Mike Tancsa (mike AT sentex dot net)
Reviewed by: remko (initial version)
Tested by: Mike Tancsa(x86), JoaoBR ( joao AT matik DOT com DOT br )
Marcin Wisnicki ( mwisnicki+freebsd AT gmail DOT com )
Stefan Ehmann ( shoesoft AT gmx DOT net )
Florian Smeets ( flo AT kasimir DOT com )
Phil Oleson ( oz AT nixil DOT net )
Larry Baird ( lab AT gta DOT com )
Milan Obuch ( freebsd-current AT dino DOT sk )
remko (initial version)
the cpufreq drivers to reliably use properties of PCI devices for quirks,
etc.
- For the legacy drivers, add CPU devices via an identify routine in the
CPU driver itself rather than in the legacy driver's attach routine.
- Add CPU devices after Host-PCI bridges in the acpi bus driver.
- Change the ichss(4) driver to use pci_find_bsf() to locate the ICH and
check its device ID rather than having a bogus PCI attachment that only
checked for the ID in probe and always failed. As a side effect, you
can now kldload ichss after boot.
- Fix the ichss(4) driver to use the correct device_t for the ICH (and not
for ichss0) when doing PCI config space operations to enable SpeedStep.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Reviewed by: njl, Andriy Gapon avg of icyb.net.ua
the appropriate bit in the DEVACTB register.
This change allows the C2 state on those systems to work as expected.
Reviewed by: njl
Submitted by: Andriy Gapon <avg at icyb.net.ua>
MFC after: 1 week
HPT drivers would sometimes test the value of a preprocessor definition but
not always make sure that the definition existed in the first place, leading
to warnings on newer compilers. I blindly assumed the same with this driver,
and it turned out to be wrong and to enable some code that doesn't work.
to flush the TLB instead of hardcoding a size of 33 pages. Apertures of
32MB and 64MB only use a 16 page GATT and an aperture of 128MB only uses
a 32 page GATT, so without this the code could walk off the end of the
pointer and cause a page fault if the next page was unmapped. Also, for
aperture sizes > 128MB, not all of the pages would be read. The Linux
driver has the same bug.
MFC after: 1 week
Tested by: Frédéric PRACA frederic.praca of freebsd-fr.org
TCP/UDP checksum in driver for short frames. For frames that requires
hardware VLAN tag insertion, the checksum offload trick does not
work due to changes of checksum offset in mbuf after the VLAN tag.
Disable hardware checksum offload for VLAN interface to fix the bug.
Reported by: Christopher Cowart < ccowart AT rescomp DOT berkeley DOT edu >
Tested by: Christopher Cowart < ccowart AT rescomp DOT berkeley DOT edu >
MFC after: 5 days
allocator for jumbo frame. Also remove unneeded jlist lock which
is no longer required to protect jumbo buffers.
With these changes jumbo frame performance of nfe(4) was slightly
increased and users should not encounter jumbo buffer allocation
failure anymore.
Patch in the PR was modified to check active jumbo buffers in use
and other possible jumbo buffer leak.
Jumbo buffer usage in lge(4) still wouldn't be reliable due to lack
of driver lock in local jumbo buffer allocator. Either introduce
a new lock to protect jumbo buffer or switch to UMA backed page
allocator for jumbo frame is required.
PR: kern/78072
TSEC is the MAC engine offering 10, 100 or 1000 Mbps speed and is found on
different Freescale parts (MPC83xx, MPC85xx). Depending on the silicon version
there are up to four TSEC units integrated on the chip.
This driver also works with the enhanced version of the controller (eTSEC),
which is backwards compatible, but doesn't take advantage of its additional
features (various off-loading mechanisms) at the moment.
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Obtained from: Semihalf
MFp4: e500
The QUICC engine is found on various Freescale parts including MPC85xx, and
provides multiple generic time-division serial channel resources, which are in
turn muxed/demuxed by the Serial Communications Controller (SCC).
Along with core QUICC/SCC functionality a uart(4)-compliant device driver is
provided which allows for serial ports over QUICC/SCC.
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Obtained from: Juniper
MFp4: e500
The PQ3 is a high performance integrated communications processing system
based on the e500 core, which is an embedded RISC processor that implements
the 32-bit Book E definition of the PowerPC architecture. For details refer
to: http://www.freescale.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=MPC8555E
This port was tested and successfully run on the following members of the PQ3
family: MPC8533, MPC8541, MPC8548, MPC8555.
The following major integrated peripherals are supported:
* On-chip peripherals bus
* OpenPIC interrupt controller
* UART
* Ethernet (TSEC)
* Host/PCI bridge
* QUICC engine (SCC functionality)
This commit brings the main functionality and will be followed by individual
drivers that are logically separate from this base.
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Obtained from: Juniper, Semihalf
MFp4: e500
than rely on the lockmgr support [1]:
* bump the waiters only if the interlock is held
* let brelvp() return the waiters count
* rely on brelvp() instead than BUF_LOCKWAITERS() in order to check
for the waiters number
- Remove a namespace pollution introduced recently with lockmgr.h
including lock.h by including lock.h directly in the consumers and
making it mandatory for using lockmgr.
- Modify flags accepted by lockinit():
* introduce LK_NOPROFILE which disables lock profiling for the
specified lockmgr
* introduce LK_QUIET which disables ktr tracing for the specified
lockmgr [2]
* disallow LK_SLEEPFAIL and LK_NOWAIT to be passed there so that it
can only be used on a per-instance basis
- Remove BUF_LOCKWAITERS() and lockwaiters() as they are no longer
used
This patch breaks KPI so __FreBSD_version will be bumped and manpages
updated by further commits. Additively, 'struct buf' changes results in
a disturbed ABI also.
[2] Really, currently there is no ktr tracing in the lockmgr, but it
will be added soon.
[1] Submitted by: kib
Tested by: pho, Andrea Barberio <insomniac at slackware dot it>
just em, there is an igb driver (this follows behavior with our Linux drivers).
All adapters up to the 82575 are supported in em, and new client/desktop support
will continue to be in that adapter.
The igb driver is for new server NICs like the 82575 and its followons.
Advanced features for virtualization and performance will be in this driver.
Also, both drivers now have shared code that is up to the latest we have
released. Some stylistic changes as well.
Enjoy :)
frames. This bug seems to happen on certain hardware model/revision
(e.g. 88E8053) but it's not identified which hardwares are affected.
Revision 1.4 of if_mskreg.h was not enough to workaround the bug.
To workaround it, inrease GMAC FIFO threshold by one FIFO word to
flush received pause frames.
Reported by: das, Kirill Nuzhdin < kirill.nuzhdin AT rad dot chem dot msu dot ru >
Tested by: das, Kirill Nuzhdin
This fixes the panic which happens when mdcreate_vnode() calls vn_close()
and mddestroy() calls it again further down the error handling path.
Reviewed by: kris, kib
MFC after: 3 days
first before they can be set to Explorer mode.
PR: kern/118578
Submitted by: Andriy Gapon <avg@icyb.net.ua> (I added some comments)
Reviewed by: philip
MFC after: 1 month
- add support for T3C
- add DDP support (zero-copy receive)
- fix TOE transmit of large requests
- fix shutdown so that sockets don't remain in CLOSING state indefinitely
- register listeners when an interface is brought up after tom is loaded
- fix setting of multicast filter
- enable link at device attach
- exit tick handler if shutdown is in progress
- add helper for logging TCB
- add sysctls for dumping transmit queues
- note that TOE wxill not be MFC'd until after 7.0 has been finalized
MFC after: 3 days
- Added loose RX MTU functionality to allow frames larger than 1500 bytes
to be accepted even though the interface MTU is set to 1500.
- Implemented new TCP header splitting/jumbo frame support which uses
two chains for receive traffic rather than the original single recevie
chain.
- Added additional debug support code.
legacy interrupts rather than MSI as a special case. Prior to this
commit, the interrupt handler was doing the slow handshaking with
the device to ensure the legacy interrupt was lowered in both
the legacy and MSI-X case. This handshaking was not
required for MSI-X.
allocator for jumbo frame.
o Removed unneeded jlist lock which was used to manage jumbo
buffers.
o Don't reinitialize hardware if MTU was not changed.
o Added additional check for minimal MTU size.
o Added a new tunable hw.skc.jumbo_disable to disable jumbo frame
support for the driver. The tunable could be set for systems that
do not need to use jumbo frames and it would save
(9K * number of Rx descriptors) bytes kernel memory.
o Jumbo buffer allocation failure is no longer critical error for
the operation of sk(4). If sk(4) encounter the allocation failure
it just disables jumbo frame support and continues to work without
user intervention.
With these changes jumbo frame performance of sk(4) was slightly
increased and users should not encounter jumbo buffer allocation
failure. Previously sk(4) tried to allocate physically contiguous
memory, 3388KB for 256 Rx descriptors. Sometimes that amount of
contiguous memory region could not be available for running systems
which in turn resulted in failure of loading the driver.
Tested by: Cy Schubert < Cy.Schubert () komquats dot com >
With write-allocate cache we get into the following scenario:
1. data has been updated in the memory by the USB HC, but
2. D-cache holds an un-flushed value of it
3. when affected cache line is being replaced, the old (un-flushed) value is
flushed and overwrites the newly arrived
This is possible due to how write-allocate works with virtual caches (ARM for
example).
In case of USB transfers it leads to fatal tags discrepancies in umass(4)
operation, which look like the following:
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 2
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retrying Command
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 3
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retrying Command
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 4
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retrying Command
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 5
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retrying Command
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 6
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): error 5
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retries Exausted
To eliminate this, a BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD sync operation is required in
usbd_start_transfer().
Credits for nailing this down go to Grzegorz Bernacki gjb AT semihalf DOT com.
Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
- Include lock.h in lockmgr.h as nested header in order to safely use
LOCK_FILE and LOCK_LINE. As long as this code will be replaced soon
we can tollerate for a while this namespace pollution even if the real
fix would be to let lockmgr() depend by lock.h as a separate header.
NOP-message polling in ciss_periodic().
Note that setting the tunable to non-zero can be workaround only for
`ADAPTER HEARTBEAT FAILED' problem, and may freeze the system w/o
the problem.
Reviewed by: scottl
Reported by: Attila Nagy
MFC after: 3 days
- Rename rt2560_read_eeprom to rt2560_read_config, we already have
rt2560_eeprom_read
- If hardware gives us wrong encryption done index, shout out loudly and
terminate the processing loop
- Process encryption done if RX done bit is set in interrupt status register
(according to Ralink Linux driver)
- Turn VALID/BUSY bits in TX descriptor only after TX descriptor is fully setup
- Fix BBP read: RT2560_BBPCSR can't be written until its RT2560_BBP_BUSY bit is
off (according to Ralink Linux driver)
- Skip invalid (0 of 0xffff) BBP register/value entries stored in EEPROM
- Fix channel TX power location in EEPROM, if channel TX power is above 31 set
it to 24 (TX power only has 5bits in RF register, "24" is according to Ralink
Linux driver)
- Configure BBP according to the BBP register/value stored in EEPROM, restore
BBP17 (RX sensitivity tuning) to default value after this.
- Set TX/RX antenna after BBP is initialized; these two operation will try to
set BBP registers
- Reconfigure ACK TX time registers according to 802.11g standard (TX @36Mb,
other side's ACK should be sent @24Mb).
- 2560 parts have two TX ring: one for management/control packets, one for data
packets. Add private OACTIVE flag for each of them. Turn on IFF_DRV_OACTIVE
if one of private OACTIVE is on; turn off IFF_DRV_OACTIVE iff all of them are
off.
- Rework watchdog to mimic old if_watchdog action. Process TX done/encryption
done in watchdog function (according to Ralink Linux driver)
Obtained from: DragonFly
Approved by: sam (mentor)
Tested by: sam
Related to PR: kern/117655
# Forcing long slot time setting is not included in this commit, comment and
# related code is in place, so if problem pops up, quick tests could be done.
down some DCMD's without any data. Thanks to Dell and LSI for helping
to provide clues to figure out this problem. Now MegaCli can upgrade
the firmware and should work identical when run on Linux.
Reviewed by: scottl, LSI
MFC after: 1 day
PCI-express chipset (and thus has functional MSI) if there are any
PCI-express devices in the system, not requiring a root port device.
With PCI-X the chipset detection has to be very conservative because there
are known systems with PCI-X devices that do not appear to have PCI-X
chipsets. However, with PCI-express I'm not sure it is possible to have
a PCI-express device in a system with a non-PCI-express chipset. If we
assume that is the case then this change is valid. It is also required
for at least some PCI-express systems that don't have any devices with
a root port capability (some ICH9 systems).
MFC after: 1 week
Reported by: jfv
free function controlable, instead of passing the KVA of the buffer
storage as the first argument.
Fix all conventional users of the API to pass the KVA of the buffer
as the first argument, to make this a no-op commit.
Likely break the only non-convetional user of the API, after informing
the relevant committer.
Update the mbuf(9) manual page, which was already out of sync on
this point.
Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800016 as there is no way to tell how
many arguments a CPP macro needs any other way.
This paves the way for giving sendfile(9) a way to wait for the
passed storage to have been accessed before returning.
This does not affect the memory layout or size of mbufs.
Parental oversight by: sam and rwatson.
No MFC is anticipated.
o conversion to callout(9) API.
o add a missing driver lock in bfe_ifmedia_sts().
o use our callout to drive watchdog timer.
o restart Tx routine if pending queued packets are present in
watchdog handler.
o unarm watchdog timer only if there are no queued packets.
o don't blindly reset phy and let phy driver handle link change
request in bfe_init_locked().
o return the status of mii_mediachg() to caller in
bfe_ifmedia_upd(). Previously it always returned 0 to caller.
o add check for IFF_DRV_RUNNING flag as well as IFF_DRV_OACTIVE
in bfe_start_locked().
o implement miibus_statchg method that keeps track of current
link state changes as well as negotiated speed/duplex/
flow-control configuration.
Reprogram MAC to appropriate duplex state. Flow-control
configuration was also implemented but commented out at the
moment. The flow-control configuration will be enabled again
after we have general flow-control framework in mii layer.
Reported by: Yousif Hassan < yousif () alumni ! jmu ! edu >
Tesdted by: Yousif Hassan < yousif () alumni ! jmu ! edu >
- Fix whitespace according to style(9).
- Sync the comment describing why we have to wait in nsphy_reset()
with nsphyter_reset(). It's true that the manual tells to not do a
reset within 500us of applying power but that's unlikely the cause
of problems seen here. Generally having to wait 500us after a reset
however is.
DP83847 PHYs. The main reason for using a specific driver for these
PHYs are reset quirks similar to the nsphy(4) driven DP83840A.
PR: 112654
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 2 weeks
Thanks to: mlaier for testing w/ DP83815
- Remove the "thread" argument from the lockmgr() function as it is
always curthread now
- Axe lockcount() function as it is no longer used
- Axe LOCKMGR_ASSERT() as it is bogus really and no currently used.
Hopefully this will be soonly replaced by something suitable for it.
- Remove the prototype for dumplockinfo() as the function is no longer
present
Addictionally:
- Introduce a KASSERT() in lockstatus() in order to let it accept only
curthread or NULL as they should only be passed
- Do a little bit of style(9) cleanup on lockmgr.h
KPI results heavilly broken by this change, so manpages and
FreeBSD_version will be modified accordingly by further commits.
Tested by: matteo
- Improve error handling for load operations.
- Fix a memory corruption bug when using certain linux management apps.
- Allocate all commands up front to avoid OOM deadlocks later on.
checksum offoload by downloading AIC-6915 firmware. Changes are
o Header file cleanup.
o Simplified probe logic.
o s/u_int{8,16,32}_t/uint{8,16,32}_t/g
o K&R -> ANSI C.
o In register access function, added support both memory mapped and
IO space register acccess. The function will dynamically detect
which method would be choosed.
o sf_setperf() was modified to support strict-alignment
architectures.
o Use SF_MII_DATAPORT instead of hardcoded value 0xffff.
o Added link state/speed, duplex changes handling task q. The task q
is also responsible for flow control settings.
o Always hornor link up/down state reported by mii layers. The link
state information is used in sf_start() to determine whether we
got a valid link.
o Added experimental flow-control setup. It was commented out but
will be activated once we have flow-cotrol infrastructure in mii
layer.
o Simplify IFF_UP/IFCAP_POLLING and IFF_PROMISC handling logic. Rx
filter always honors promiscuous mode.
o Implemented suspend/resume methods.
o Reorganized Rx filter routine so promiscuous mode changes doesn't
require interface re-initialization.
o Reimplemnted driver probe routine such that it looks for matching
device from supported hardware list table. This change will help to
add newer hardware revision to the driver.
o Use ETHER_ADDR_LEN instead of hardcoded value.
o Prefer memory space register mapping over I/O space as the hardware
requires lots of register access to get various consumer/producer
index. Failing to get memory space mapping, sf(4) falls back to I/O
space mapping. Use of memory space register mapping requires
somewhat large memory space(512K), though.
o Switch to simpler bus_{read,write}_{1,2,4}.
o Use PCIR_BAR macro to get BARs.
o Program PCI cache line size if the cache line size was set to 0
and enable PCI MWI.
o Add a new sysctl node 'dev.sf.N.stats' that shows various MAC
counters for Rx/Tx statistics.
o Add a sysctl node to configure interrupt moderation timer. The
timer defers interrupts generation until time specified in timer
control register is expired. The value in the timer register is in
units of 102.4us. The allowable range for the timer is 0 - 31
(0 ~ 3.276ms).
The default value is 1(102.4us). Users can change the timer value
with dev.sf.N.int_mod sysctl(8) variable/loader(8) tunable.
o bus_dma(9) conversion
- Enable 64bit DMA addressing.
- Enable 64bit descriptor format support.
- Apply descriptor ring alignment requirements(256 bytes alignment).
- Apply Rx buffer address alignment requirements(4 bytes alignment).
- Apply 4GB boundary restrictions(Tx/Rx ring and its completion ring
should live in the same 4GB address space.)
- Set number of allowable number of DMA segments to 16. In fact,
AIC-6915 doesn't have a limit for number of DMA segments but it
would be waste of Tx descriptor resource if we allow more than 16.
- Rx/Tx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) support.
- Added alignment fixup code for strict-alignment architectures.
- Added endianness support code in Tx/Rx descriptor access.
With these changes sf(4) should work on all platforms.
o Don't set if_mtu in device attach, it's handled in ether_ifattach.
o Use our own callout to drive watchdog timer.
o Enable VLAN oversized frames and announce sf(4)'s VLAN capability
to upper layer.
o In sf_detach(), remove mtx_initialized KASSERT as it's not possible
to get there without initialzing the mutex. Also mark that we're
about to detaching so active bpf listeners do not panic the system.
o To reduce PCI register access cycles, Rx completion ring is
directly scanned instead of reading consumer/producer index
registers. In theory, Tx completion ring also can be directly
scanned. However the completion ring is composed of two types
completion(1 for Tx done and 1 and DMA done). So reading producer
index via register access would be more safer way to detect the
ring wrap-around.
o In sf_rxeof(), don't use m_devget(9) to align recevied frames. The
alignment is required only for strict-alignment architectures and
now the alignment is handled by sf_fixup_rx() if required. The
removal of the copy operation in fast path should increase Rx
performance a lot on non-strict-alignemnt architectures such as
i386 and amd64.
o In sf_newbuf(), don't set descriptor valid bit as sf(4) is
programmed to run with normal mode. In normal mode, the valid bit
have no meaning. The valid bit should be used only when the
hardware uses polling(prefetch) mode. The end of descriptor queue
bit could be used if needed, but sf(4) relys on auto-wrapping of
hardware on 256 descriptor queue entries so both valid and
descriptor end bit are not used anymore.
o Don't disable generation of Tx DMA completion as said in datasheet
and use the Tx DMA completion entry instead of relying on Tx done
completion entry. Also added additional Tx completion entry type
check in Tx completion handler.
o Don't blindly reset watchdog timer in sf_txeof(). sf(4) now unarm
the the watchdog only if there are no active Tx descriptors in Tx
queue.
o Don't manually update various counters in driver, instead, use
built-in MAC statistic registers to update them. The statistic
registers are updated in every second.
o Modified Tx underrun handlers to increase the threshold value
in units of 256 bytes. Previously it used to increase 16 bytes
at a time which seems to take too long to stabalize whenever Tx
underrun occurrs.
o In interrupt handler, additional check for the interrupt is
performed such that interrupts only for this device is allowed to
process descriptor rings. Because reading SF_ISR register clears
all interrtups, nuke writing to a SF_ISR register.
o Tx underrun is abonormal condition and SF_ISR_ABNORMALINTR includes
the interrupt. So there is no need to inspect the Tx underrun again
in main interrupt loop.
o Don't blindly reinitialize hardware for abnormal interrupt
condition. sf(4) reintializes the hardware only when it encounters
DMA error which requires an explicit hardware reinitialization.
o Fix a long standing bug that incorrectly clears MAC statistic
registers in sf_init_locked.
o Added strict-alignment safe way of ethernet address reprogramming
as IF_LLADDR may return unaligned address.
o Move sf_reset() to sf_init_locked in order to always reset the
hardware to a known state prior to configuring hardware.
o Set default Rx DMA, Tx DMA paramters as shown in datasheet.
o Enable PCI busmaster logic and autopadding for VLAN frames.
o Rework sf_encap.
- Previously sf(4) used to type 0 of Tx descriptor with padding
enabled to store driver private data. Emebedding private data
structures into descriptors is bad idea as the structure size
would be different between 64bit and 32bit architectures. The
type 0 descriptor allows fixed number of DMA segments in
a descriptor format and provides relatively simple interface to
manage multi-fragmented frames.
However, it wastes lots of Tx descriptors as not all frames are
fragmented as the number of allowable segments in a descriptor.
- To overcome the limitation of type 0 descriptor, switch to type
2 descriptor which allows 64bit DMA addressing and can handle
unliumited number of fragmented DMA segments. The drawback of
type 2 descriptor is in its complexity in managing descriptors
as driver should handle the end of Tx ring manually.
- Manually set Tx desciptor queue end mark and record number of
used descriptors to reclaim used descriptors in sf_txeof().
o Rework sf_start.
- Honor link up/down state before attempting transmission.
- Because sf(4) uses only one of two Tx queues, use low priority
queue instead of high one. This will remove one shift operation
in each Tx kick command.
- Cache last produder index into softc such that subsequenet Tx
operation doesn't need to access producer index register.
o Rewrote sf_stats_update to include all available MAC statistic
counters.
o Employ AIC-6915 firmware from Adaptec and implement firmware
download routine and TCP/UDP checksum offload.
Partial checksum offload support was commented out due to the
possibility of firmware bug in RxGFP.
The firmware can strip VLAN tag in Rx path but the lack of firmware
assistance of VLAN tag insertion in transmit side made it useless
on FreeBSD. Unlike checksum offload, FreeBSD requires both Tx/Rx
hardware VLAN assistance capability. The firmware may also detect
wakeup frame and can wake system up from states other than D0.
However, the lack of wakeup support form D3cold state keep me from
adding WOL capability. Also detecting WOL frame requires firmware
support but it's not yet known to me whether the firmware can
process the WOL frame.
o Changed *_ADDR_HIADDR to *_ADDR_HI to match other definitions of
registers.
o Added definitioan to interrupt moderation related constants.
o Redefined SF_INTRS to include Tx DMA done and DMA errors. Removed
Tx done as it's not needed anymore.
o Added definition for Rx/Tx DMA high priority threshold.
o Nuked unused marco SF_IDX_LO, SF_IDX_HI.
o Added complete MAC statistic register definition.
o Modified sf_stats structure to hold all MAC statistic regiters.
o Nuke various driver private padding data in Tx/Rx descriptor
definition. sf(4) no longer requires private padding. Also remove
unused padding related definitions. This greatly simplifies
descriptor manipulation on 64bit architectures.
o Becase we no longer pad driver private data into descriptor,
remove deprecated/not-applicable comments for padding.
o Redefine Rx/Tx desciptor status. sf(4) doesn't use bit fileds
anymore to support endianness.
Tested by: bruffer (initial version)
be wrong but I couldn't find a way to make it work. In addition, the
number of TxGFP instruction does not match the firmware image size,
so I guess something was wrong when Adaptec generated the TxGFP
firmware from their DDK.
According to datasheet, normally, the first GFP instruction would be
opcode C, WaitForStartOfFrame, to synchronize checksumming with
incoming frame. But the first instruction in TxGFP firmware was
opcode 1, BrToImmIfTrue, so it could not process checksum correctly,
I guess. Checking for RxGFP firmware also indicates the first
instruction should be opcode C. Since the number of instructions in
TxGFP firmware lacks exactly one instruction, I prepended the opcode
C to TxGFP firmware image. With this change, the resulting image size
perfectly matches with the nummber of instructions and Tx checksum
offload seems to work without problems.
since the the command and data that is being built to be sent to or read
from the HW lives in the softc. Commands are later run via an_setdef etc.
In the ioctl path various references are kept to the data stored in
the softc so it needs to be protected. Almost think of the command
in the softc a global variable since it essentially is. Since locking
wasn't done in this type of context the commands would get corrupted.
Thanks to avatar@ for catching some lock issues and dhw@ for testing.
Things are a lot more stable except for the MPI-350 cards. My an(4)
remote laptop stays on the network now.
The driver should be changed so that it uses private memory that is passed
to the functions that talk to the card. Then only those functions would
really need to grab locks.
Reviewed by: avatar@
shortest possible chain of mbufs of m_defrag(9). What we want is
chains of mbufs that can be safely stored to a Tx descriptor which
can have up to STGE_MAXTXSEGS mbufs. The ethernet controller does
not need to align Tx buffers on 32bit boundary. So the use of
m_defrag(9) was waste of time.
problems when the DRM driver is loaded and the AIXGL extension is loaded
, the AIXGL driver requests a drm_close and this will cause the radeon
driver to fail while starting X windows.
PR: kern/114688
Submitted by: vehemens <vehemens at verizon dot net>
Prodded by: Robert Noland
Approved by: imp (mentor, a while ago already), anholt
MFC After: 1 week
- Track packet zone mbufs separately from other mbufs
- free packet zone buffers via m_free rather than trying to manage the refcount
as with clusters - its refcount and management seems to be "special"
but reread it from the device_t every time the device list is fetched.
Previously the device name in pciconf -l would not be updated when a driver
was unloaded or if a device was detached and attached to a different
driver.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: kern/104777
Submitted by: "Iasen Kostoff" tbyte | otel net
queues (which we call slices). The NIC will steer traffic into up to
hw.mxge.max_slices different receive rings based on a configurable
hash type (hw.mxge.rss_hash_type).
Currently the driver defaults to using a single slice, so the default
behavior is unchanged. Also, transmit from non-zero slices is
disabled currently.
spec:
- Use read/modify/write cycles to enable and disable the HPET instead of
writing 0 to reserved bits.
- Shutdown the HPET during suspend as encouraged by the spec.
- Fail to attach to an HPET with a period of zero.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: kern/119675 [3]
Reported by: Leo Bicknell | bicknell ufp.org
- Fix a bug introduced in 1.4.20 where speculative read by the processor in the
write-only doorbell region would cause a target-abort (as opposed to simply
returning random data). This could manifest itself as NMI or machine freeze
depending on how the BIOS/OS/chipset configuration handles target-abort.
- Add support for new revisions of -R cards (with AEL1002/AEL1010 xaui->xfi)
- Increase an internal timing (dispatch engine): fix possible spurious reset
(seen on very few cards).
- increase asserts for mbuf accounting
- track outstanding mbufs (maps very closely to leaked)
- actually only create one thread per port if !multiq
Oddly enough this fixes the use after free
- move txq_segs to stack in t3_encap
- add checks that pidx doesn't move pass cidx
- simplify mbuf free logic in collapse mbufs routine
- move cxgb_tx_common in to cxgb_multiq.c and rename to cxgb_tx
- move cxgb_tx_common dependencies
- further simplify cxgb_dequeue_packet for the non-multiqueue case
- only launch one service thread per port in the non-multiq case
- remove dead cleaning code from cxgb_sge.c
- simplify PIO case substantially in by returning directly from mbuf collapse
and just using m_copydata
- remove gratuitous m_gethdr in the rx path
- clarify freeing of mbufs in collapse
o Increased number of Rx/Tx descriptors to 256 for 8169 GigEs
because it's hard to push the hardware to the limit with default
64 descriptors.
TSO requires large number of Tx descriptors to pass a full sized
TCP segment(65535 bytes IP packet) to hardware. Previously it
consumed 32 Tx descriptors, assuming MCLBYTES DMA segment size,
to send the TCP segment which means re(4) couldn't queue more
than two full sized IP packets.
For 8139C+ it still uses 64 Rx/Tx descriptors due to its hardware
limitations. With this changes there are (very) small waste of
memory for 8139C+ users but I don't think it would affect 8139C+
users for most cases.
o Various bus_dma(9) fixes.
- The hardware supports DAC so allow 64bit DMA operations.
- Removed BUS_DMA_ALLOC_NOW flag.
- Increased DMA segment size to 4096 from MCLBYTES because TSO
consumes too many descriptors with MCLBYTES DMA segment size.
- Tx/Rx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) support. With these
changes the code is more readable than previous one and got a
(slightly) better performance as it doesn't need to pass/
decode arguments to/from callback function.
- Removed unnecessary callback function re_dmamap_desc() and
nuked rl_dmaload_arg structure which was used in the callback.
- Additional protection for DMA map load failure. In case of
failure reuse current map instead of returning a bogus DMA
map.
- Deferred DMA map unloading/sync operation for maximum
performance until we really need to load new DMA map. If we
happen to reuse current map(e.g. input error) there is no need
to sync/unload/load again.
- The number of allowable Tx DMA segments for a mbuf chains are
now 32 instead of magic nseg value. If the number of available
Tx descriptors are short enough to send highly fragmented mbuf
chains an optimized re_defrag() is called to collapse mbuf
chains which is supposed to be much faster than m_defrag(9).
re_defrag() was borrowed from ath(4).
- Separated Rx/Tx DMA tag from a common DMA tag such that Rx DMA
tag correctly uses DMA maps that were created with DMA alignment
restriction(8bytes alignments). Tx DMA tag does not have such
alignment limitation.
- Added additional sanity checks for DMA ring map load failure.
- Added additional spare Rx DMA map for graceful handling of Rx
DMA map load failure.
- Fixed misused bus_dmamap_sync(9) and added missing
bus_dmamap_sync(9) in re_encap()/re_txeof()/re_rxeof().
o Enabled TSO again as re(4) have reasonable number of Tx
descriptors.
o Don't touch DMA address of a Tx descriptor in re_txeof(). It's
not needed.
o Fix incorrect update of if_ierrors counter. For Rx buffer
shortage it should update if_qdrops as the buffer is reused.
o Added checks for unsupported H/W revisions and return ENXIO for
these hardwares. This is required to remove resource allocation
code in re_probe as other drivers do in device probe routine.
o Modified descriptor index manipulation macros as it's now possible
to have different number of descriptors for Rx/Tx.
o In re_start, to save a lock operation, use IFQ_DRV_IS_EMPTY before
trying to invoke IFQ_DRV_DEQUEUE. Also don't blindly call re_encap
since we already know the number of available Tx descriptors in
advance.
o Removed RL_TX_DESC_THLD which was used to reserve RL_TX_DESC_THLD
descriptors in Tx path. There is no such a limitation mentioned in
8139C+/8169/8110/8168/8101/8111 datasheet and it seems to work ok
without reserving RL_TX_DESC_THLD descriptors.
o Fix a comment for RL_GTXSTART. The register is 8bits register.
o Added comments for 8169/8139C+ hardware restrictions on descriptors.
o Removed forward declaration for "struct rl_softc", it's not needed.
o Added a new structure rl_txdesc for Tx descriptor managements and
a structure rl_rxdesc for Rx descriptor managements.
o Removed unused member variable rl_intlock in driver softc. There are
still several unused member variables which are supposed to be used
to access hardware statistics counters. But it seems that accessing
hardware counters were not implemented yet.
- Turn on WOL bits in suspend/shutdown method.
- WOL is disabled in resume routine as WOL can interfere normal
Rx operation.
- Move stge_reset() to stge_init_locked() as resetting hardware
clears configured Rx information which in turn results in
non-working Rx module after suspend/shutdown operation.
conjuction with 'thread' argument passing which is always curthread.
Remove the unuseful extra-argument and pass explicitly curthread to lower
layer functions, when necessary.
KPI results broken by this change, which should affect several ports, so
version bumping and manpage update will be further committed.
Tested by: kris, pho, Diego Sardina <siarodx at gmail dot com>
zone code. The GPE handler method (i.e. _L00) generates various Notify
events that need to be run to completion before the GPE is re-enabled.
In ACPI-CA, we queue an asynch callback at the same priority as a Notify
so that it will only run after all Notify handlers have completed. The
callback re-enables the GPE afterwards. We also changed the priority of
Notifies to be the same as GPEs, given the possibility that another GPE
could arrive before the Notifies have completed and we don't want it to
get queued ahead of the rest.
The ACPI-CA change was submitted by Alexey Starikovskiy (SUSE) and will
appear in a later release. Special thanks to him for helping track this
bug down.
MFC after: 1 week
Tested by: jhb, Yousif Hassan <yousif / alumni.jmu.edu>
a panic race on module unload. The wakeup() is internal to
kproc_exit/kthread_exit. The correct fix is to fix the msleep() in
detach to sleep on fdc->fdc_thread instead of &fdc->fdc_thread.
Noted and reviewed by: jhb
Pointy hat to: kib
MFC after: 1 week
Wakeup the thread doing the fdc_detach() when the fdc worker thread exits [1].
Write access to the write-protected floppy shall call device_unbusy() to
pair the device_busy() in the fd_access() [2].
PR: 116537 [1], 116539 [2]
MFC after: 1 week
rspq lock. Not doing so was causing us to skip re-enabling the interrupt.
- remove duplicate credits sysctl
- add support for dumping hardware context of the txq
- decrement budget_left when we break out of the process_responses loop
interrupt handlers for child devices by adding a dummy handler that is
always present so that the underlying interrupt thread is always around
avoiding panics from stray interrupts.
MFC after: 3 days
Remove this argument and pass curthread directly to underlying
VOP_LOCK1() VFS method. This modify makes the code cleaner and in
particular remove an annoying dependence helping next lockmgr() cleanup.
KPI results, obviously, changed.
Manpage and FreeBSD_version will be updated through further commits.
As a side note, would be valuable to say that next commits will address
a similar cleanup about VFS methods, in particular vop_lock1 and
vop_unlock.
Tested by: Diego Sardina <siarodx at gmail dot com>,
Andrea Di Pasquale <whyx dot it at gmail dot com>
- return the error from cxgb_tx_common so that when an error is hit we dont
spin forever in the taskq thread
- remove unused rxsd_ref
- simplify header_offset calculation for embedded mbuf headers
- fix memory leak by making sure that mbuf header initialization took place
- disable printf's for stalled queue, don't do offload/ctrl queue restart
when tunnel queue is restarted
- add more diagnostic information about the txq state
- add facility to dump the actual contents of the hardware queue using sysctl
Now, lockmgr() function can only be called passing curthread and the
KASSERT() is upgraded according with this.
In order to support on-the-fly owner switching, the new function
lockmgr_disown() has been introduced and gets used in BUF_KERNPROC().
KPI, so, results changed and FreeBSD version will be bumped soon.
Differently from previous code, we assume idle thread cannot try to
acquire the lockmgr as it cannot sleep, so loose the relative check[1]
in BUF_KERNPROC().
Tested by: kris
[1] kib asked for a KASSERT in the lockmgr_disown() about this
condition, but after thinking at it, as this is a well known general
rule, I found it not really necessary.
This makes it possible to support ftruncate() on non-vnode file types in
the future.
- 'struct fileops' grows a 'fo_truncate' method to handle an ftruncate() on
a given file descriptor.
- ftruncate() moves to kern/sys_generic.c and now just fetches a file
object and invokes fo_truncate().
- The vnode-specific portions of ftruncate() move to vn_truncate() in
vfs_vnops.c which implements fo_truncate() for vnode file types.
- Non-vnode file types return EINVAL in their fo_truncate() method.
Submitted by: rwatson
set, announce BIO_DELETE capability and issue ATA_CFA_ERASE when we get one.
Once we issue more BIO_DELETE, this will improve lifetime, and
possibly write speed of Flash based devices which have usable flash
adaptation layers.
For now, about the only usage is the newfs(1) -E flag.
Approved by: sos
peoples code with irrelevant changes[1]:
Use bus_{read|write_*() instead of bus_space_{read|write}_*() for
purely stylistic reasons.
Due to compiler optimizations and inlining, this is for all practical
purposes without effect in the compiled code.
[1] NB: Approved by: sos
of two compares against 0. The negative effect of cache flushing
is probably more than the gain by not doing the two compares (the
value is almost certainly in register or at worst, cache).
Note that the uses of m_freem() are in error cases and m_freem()
handles NULL anyhow. So fast-path really isn't changed much at all.
correct number of acpi_thermalX devices. Having this wrong caused the
acpi_thermal thread to realloc the array of devices on each loop iteration.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: kern/118497
Submitted by: Pasi Parviainen
- Introduce a finit() which is used to initailize the fields of struct file
in such a way that the ops vector is only valid after the data, type,
and flags are valid.
- Protect f_flag and f_count with atomic operations.
- Remove the global list of all files and associated accounting.
- Rewrite the unp garbage collection such that it no longer requires
the global list of all files and instead uses a list of all unp sockets.
- Mark sockets in the accept queue so we don't incorrectly gc them.
Tested by: kris, pho
possible to end up in the interrupt handler again while processing the
previous RX interrupt in ifp->if_input() because the MD interrupt code
disables the delivery of the respective interrupt until all associated
handlers were called (in the INTR_FILTER case the MI code supposedly
does the same). Toggling the NIC interrupt enable bit in these handlers
still is necessary though as some chips (f.e. the VMware emulated one)
require this to be done in order to keep issuing interrupts.
MFC after: 1 month
implemented with macros. This patch improves code readability. Reasoning
behind vidd_* is a sort of "video discipline".
List of macros is supposed to be complete--all methods of video_switch
ought to have their respective macros from now on.
Functionally, this code should be no-op. My intention is to leave current
behaviour of touched code as is.
No objections: rwatson
Silence on: freebsd-current@
Approved by: cognet
implemented with macros. This patch improves code readability. Reasoning
behind kbdd_* is a "keyboard discipline".
List of macros is supposed to be complete--all methods of keyboard_switch
should have their respective macros from now on.
Functionally, this code should be no-op. My intention is to leave current
behaviour of code as is.
Glanced at by: rwatson
Reviewed by: emax, marcel
Approved by: cognet
- Use the correct offsets when copying out the results of PCIOCGETCONF_OLD.
This happened to not affect the 64-bit architectures because there the
addition of pc_domain to struct pcisel didn't change the overall size of
struct pci_conf. [1]
- Always copy the name and unit information to conf_old so it's also part
of the output once this information is cached in dinfo.
- Use the correct type for flags in struct pci_match_conf_old. This
change is more or less cosmetic though.
Reported and tested by: bde [1]
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 3 days
Committed from: 24C3
If a mouse has both a wheel and a Z direction we report both.
XXX Due to tradition the wheel is reported as the Z direction (and the Z
direction as W).
Now Apple's Mighty Mouse is fully supported, except the X11 mouse driver
doesn't know what to do with the new coordinate.
MFC after: 3 months
Approved by: njl (mentor), imp
for that argument. This will allow DDB to detect the broad category of
reason why the debugger has been entered, which it can use for the
purposes of deciding which DDB script to run.
Assign approximate why values to all current consumers of the
kdb_enter() interface.
fget() call, that is sleeping point, and possibly dropping Giant.
The snp_target == NULL implies the snp_tty == NULL. Remove the code
that is put under snp_target == NULL and snp_tty != NULL clause.
In snpclose(), do the snp_detach() before scheduling the snp device
destruction. Otherwise, after the return from snpclose(), the snp
device is already removed from the snp_list, but tty is still in
snooped state. Any attempt to do i/o on such tty cause panic because
ttytosnp() returns NULL.
Tested by: Peter Holm
MFC after: 1 week
as multicast/broadcast frames. Previously re(4) ignored multicast
frames in promiscuous mode. The RTL8169 datasheet was not clear
how it handles multicast frames in promiscuous mode.
PR: kern/118572
MFC after: 3 days
NULL and doesn't point to a NULL pointer before dereferencing it. This
fixes a panic triggered by Xorg 7.3.
Reported and tested by: Bill Green
MFC after: 3 days
a pointer to struct bus_space. The structure contains function
pointers that do the actual bus space access.
The reason for this change is that previously all bus space
accesses were little endian (i.e. had an explicit byte-swap
for multi-byte accesses), because all busses on Macs are little
endian.
The upcoming support for Book E, and in particular the E500
core, requires support for big-endian busses because all
embedded peripherals are in the native byte-order.
With this change, there's no distinction between I/O port
space and memory mapped I/O. PowerPC doesn't have I/O port
space. Busses assign tags based on the byte-order only.
For that purpose, two global structures exist (bs_be_tag and
bs_le_tag), of which the address can be taken to get a valid
tag.
Obtained from: Juniper, Semihalf
is actually a circular log. Deal with it rolling around. Fortunately,
the log area is big and I haven't seen any roll over yet. Update and
get rid of the obsolete comment.
and t3_push_frames).
- Import latest changes to cxgb_main.c and cxgb_sge.c from toestack p4 branch
- make driver local copy of tcp_subr.c and tcp_usrreq.c and override tcp_usrreqs so
TOE can also functions on versions with unmodified TCP
- add cxgb back to the build
cards:
o RocketRAID 172x series
o RocketRAID 174x series
o RocketRAID 2210
o RocketRAID 222x series
o RocketRAID 2240
o RocketRAID 230x series
o RocketRAID 231x series
o RocketRAID 232x series
o RocketRAID 2340
o RocketRAID 2522
Many thanks to Highpoint for their continued support of FreeBSD.
Submitted by: Highpoint
it's multi DAC / playback channels is not that good. Enabling vchans
make the bug more visible since playback allocation will look for
possible free hardware channels first (i.e: the next DAC, the very first
has been consumed by vchan mixer) which in this case has been proven faulty.
Tested by: Dominic Fandrey <LoN_Kamikaze at gmx dot de>
URL: http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-stable/2007-December/039022.html
The HT1000 DMA engine seems to not always like 64K transfers and sometimes barfs data all over memory leading to instant chrash and burn.
Also fix 48bit adressing issues, apparently newer chips needs 16bit writes and not the usual fifo thing.
HW donated by: Travis Mikalson at TerraNovaNet
that favours true hardware channel, the first instance of recording
request will grab this channel (the first channel is being used as
vchan master). In many cases, it is not really work as intended and give
false impression of broken recording.
PR: kern/118546
MFC after: 3 days
Ethernet Controller. Multicast filtering wasn't tested and needs more
expore. While I'm here change complex if statements with switch
statement which would improve readability.
Reported by: Abdullah Ibn Hamad Al-Marri < wearabnet AT yahoo DOT ca >
Tested by: Abdullah Ibn Hamad Al-Marri < wearabnet AT yahoo DOT ca >
pass back the desired buffer length. This fixes scanning with the Marvell
88W8335 and BCM4328 wireless cards.
PR: kern/118370
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong
Tested by: Ed Schouten
by Daniel Kamm.
Adaptec RAID 51245
Adaptec RAID 51645
Adaptec RAID 52445
Adaptec RAID 5405
Sun STK RAID REM
Sun STK RAID EM
SG-XPCIESAS-R-IN
SG-XPCIESAS-R-EX
initialized before use and returned integrally instead of up to size.
Submitted by: Ilja van Sprundel <ilja -at- netric.org>
Reviewed by: secteam
MFC after: 1 day
is what gcc3 complains about.
Without this change, it's impossible to build the kernel with gcc3.
Tested by: cognet@ (mentor)
Approved by: cognet@ (mentor)
attached. Otherwise, the snp->snp_tty would be overwritten, while the
tty line discipline still set to the snpdisc. Then snplwrite() causes
panic because ttytosnp() cannot find the snp.
MFC after: 1 week
sx driver), change a magic value in the PLX bridge chip. Apparently later
builds of the PCI cards had corrected values in the configuration eeprom.
This change supposedly fixes some pci bus problems.
hack means you can get the units and flags to match up more easily with
serial consoles on machines with acpi tables that cause the com ports
to be probed in the wrong order (and hence get the wrong sio unit number).
This replaces the common alternative hack of editing the code to comment
out the acpi attachment. This could go away entirely when device wiring
patches are committed.
stomping on the units intended for the motherboard sio ports. This is
no real substitute for the not-yet-committed device wiring enhancements.
Code taken from sio's pci attachment.
Intel CPUs with family 0x6, model 0xE and later (i.e., Intel Core(TM))
have a PMC architecture that differs somewhat from previous CPUs in
family 0x6. Even though the basic programming model is similar, the
documented set of legal values that may be loaded into their PMC MSRs
differs from that of the previous PMCs in family 0x6 and reusing bit
values valid for the older PMCs could result in undefined behaviour in
the general case.
T_DIRECT filtering so that disk drives can be attached via the
pass driver. Add CAM locking. Don't mark CAM commands as SG64
since the hardware isn't designed to deal with 64-bit passthru
commands. Hopefully the bounce buffer changes that were done
for the management/ioctl interface are robust enough to handle
this deficiency for CAM as well.
- Enable pcbeep control for Acer + ALC268 (nid 29). Give enough (fake)
hints so the parser will grab it and allocate "speaker" control.
- Fix regression while preparing DAC and ADC for multichannel
format. Since playback policy is to output to every possible path,
ensure that each DAC is started.
Reported / Tested by: Guy Brand
The call should happen with the driver lock held. We don't hold the driver
lock in newstate as it's a separate thread where we can't sleep (and we only
call wpi_cmd in async mode).
Discovered By: Attillo's callout rework
Approved By: mlaier (comentor)
o Acer Aspire 4520 laptop
- jack sensing / automute
o Toshiba Satellite A135-S4527 laptop
- jack sensing / automute
Tested by: lioux
o Apple Macbook 3 (is it?)
- require gpio0 (for speakers) and ovref50 (for headphone)
to make it works
- jack sensing / automute
Tested by: Ed Schouten
* Add Nvidia MCP67 controller ids.
* Be sensible about simmilar controller with multiple pci ids.
* Connect unused DAC/ADC to stream#0 rather than forcing each of them
managing their own stream.
MFC after: 3 days
- Bring HEAD up to the latest shared code
- Fix TSO problem using limited MSS and forwarding
- Dual lock implementation
- New device support
- For my ease, this code can compile in either 6.x or later
- brings this driver in sync with the 6.3
only at address 0 which is supposed to be the only valid phy address
on Marvell PHY. The more correct solution would be masking PHY
address ranges allowable in PHY probe routine. Unfortunately,
FreeBSD has no way to retrict the PHY address ranges or to pass special
flags to PHY driver.
This change assumes that PHY hardwares attached to msk(4) would be
Marvell made 88E11xx PHY.
With this changes the phantom phys attached on 88E8036(Yukon FE)
should disappear.
Reported by: Oleg Lomaka < oleg AT lomaka DOT org DOT ua >
Tested by: Oleg Lomaka < oleg AT lomaka DOT org DOT ua >
only 4KB SRAM.
o Rework setting Tx/Rx RAM buffer size. Give receiver 2/3 of memory
and round it down to the multiple of 1024. The RAM buffer size of
Yukon II should be multiple of 1024. This fixes bogus RAM buffer
configuration used in Yukon FE.
Reported by: Oleg Lomaka < oleg AT lomaka DOT org DOT ua >
Tested by: Oleg Lomaka < oleg AT lomaka DOT org DOT ua >
publicly available datasheet for Yukon II and don't know what
bug/workaround exist for the specific hardware revision. Also I don't
think the vendor will release hardware errata in near future.
The hardware feature lists were not used at all except setting water
mark registers. Since msk(4) should know exact chip model/revision
number to decide which hardware capability could be used the extra
feature lists were redundant.
o Enable jumbo frame support for EC Ultra and disable jumbo frame
for FE.
o Enable store and forward mode for standard MTU sized frame.
o Enable TSO for EC Ultra. However TSO/checksum offload is disabled
for jumbo frame case. Because EC Ultra can't use store and forward
mode for jumbo frame TSO/checksum offload is not available.
o Adjust Tx GMAC almost empty threshold value and add a jumbo frame
water mark. The maic value was obtained from Marvell's sk98lin
driver.
o Fix EC Ultra chip revision number.
Revert the probe in atapi-cd.c to the old usage now its fixed on AHCI.
THis change also fixes using virtual CD's om fx parallels.
Still leaves the GEOM problem of telling media vs device access apart in the access function.
- Implement timing out of VPD register access.[1]
- Fix an off-by-one error of freeing malloc'd space when checksum is invalid.
- Fix style(9) bugs, i.e., sizeof cannot be followed by space.
- Retire now obsolete 'hw.pci.enable_vpd' tunable.
Submitted by: cokane (initial revision)[1]
Reviewed by: marius (intermediate revision)
Silence from: jhb, jmg, rwatson
Tested by: cokane, jkim
MFC after: 3 days
The register layout is little different from memory-mapped stats
in the previous generation chips. In fact, it is bad because
registers in this range are cleared after reading them.
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 3 days
- Trying to eliminate another racing by replacing the timeout(9) with
callout APIs. In addition to that, the callout_drain() in an_detach()
help us to avoid a possible panic-on-free due to the callout API tries
to lock a destroyed mutex.
- In an_stats_update(), check the return value of an_read_record(). This
should reduce the chance of device removal(PCCARD) panic [2].
- Adding a comment to state the fact that an_stats_update() is now called
via callout(9) with a lock held [2].
Submitted by: jhb [1], ambrisko [2]
Reviewed by: jhb, ambrisko
Reported by: dhw
Tested by: dhw
MFC after: 3 days
priorities of the technologies supported by 802.3 Selector Field
value.
1000BASE-T full duplex
1000BASE-T
100BASE-T2 full duplex
100BASE-TX full duplex
100BASE-T2
100BASE-T4
100BASE-TX
10BASE-T full duplex
10BAST-T
However PHY drivers didn't honor the order such that 100BASE-T4 had
higher priority than 100BASE-TX full duplex. Fix that long standing
bugs such that have PHY drivers choose the highest common denominator
ability.
Fix a bug in dcphy which inadvertently aceepts 100BASE-T4.
PR: 92599
that the driver will handle WEP encryption. However, this does not seem to be
implemented by this driver (or maybe the chipset doesn't support it?)
Removing the flag makes my wpi card work using wpa_supplicant(8) on a
network with 802.1x security (without this change it authenticated fine, but
tcpdump only saw garbage packets)
Reviewed by: benjsc, imp (mentor)
Approved by: imp (mentor), sam
bumped to 800004 to note the change though userland apps should not be
affected since they use <sys/agpio.h> rather than the headers in
sys/dev/agp.
Discussed with: anholt
Repocopy by: simon
and update the rx code to handle multiple frames in a single usb
transfer. AX772 parts (at least) exhibit many input errors when
operated with a 2K rx buffer and no errors w/ a 4K rx buffer (it's
unclear what the cause of the errors is for 2K so this may just be
covering up the real issue). Larger rx buffer sizes show no
significant performance improvement for AX772. Bypassing the common
buffer management routines also eliminates an extra context switch
on every packet which noticeably improves performance (TCP netperf
rx goes from 45 Mb/s to 85 MB/s).
Submitted by: "J.R. Oldroyd" <fbsd@opal.com>
Reviewed by: imp
Obtained from: openbsd (partly)
MFC after: 3 weeks
The reliability of it's multi DAC / playback channels is
not that good. Enabling vchans make the bug more visible
since playback allocation will look for possible free
hardware channels first (i.e: the next DAC, the very first
has been consumed by vchan mixer) which in this case has
been proven faulty.
Reported / Tested by: Sascha Klauder
MFC after: 3 days
- Patch registers CR47 and CR157 on devices that require it.
- Fix power calibration setting on ZD1211B.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
- Fix multicast transfer by properly reprogram multicast global
hash table, which in turns fix promiscuous mode and IPv6
autoconfiguration / local networking.
Reviewed by: sam, Weongyo Jeong
Tested using: Aztech WL230 , Belkin F5D7050, Unicorn WL-54G,
3COM 3CRUSB10075
MFC after: 1 week
I've tried to move md(4) to use geom_disk class, like real disks do, but
this requires major rework of some of the existing features such as
configuration dumping for example. Therefore just putting devstat support
directly into md(4) seems to be optimal solution.
Now you can see md(4) stats in `systat -vm' again.
MFC after: 2 weeks
present on the MacBook, MacBook Pro, and Intel MacMini.
This driver exports information via sysctl in its private sysctl tree
dev.asmc.*. You can get information about temperatures, fan speeds, the
keyboard light sensor and the Sudden Motion Sensor (SMS).
The SMS is very useful to park the disk heads when the laptop is
moved. Basically, the SMS is setup so that, under movement, we get an
interrupt on irq 6 and a devd notification is sent.
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007
Approved by: njl (mentor)
Reviewed by: attilio (previous version, but very similar), jhb (interrupt
specific review)
while other variants have inorder ethernet address for the same
chipset. Override ethernet address ordering if we already know how
it was stored. This fixes the use of inversed ethernet address on
MCP67.
Submitted by: ariff
MFC after: 3 days
Allocate space in keyboard state structure instead to prevent random byte
from possibly overwritten stack location frombeing shoved into USB device
when transfer actually takes place.
This fixes at least one instance of LEDs not working with USB keyboards.
This import includes:
o wpi Wireless driver for the Intel 3945 Wireless Lan Controller (802.11abg) (sys/dev/wpi)
o Intel firmware revision 2.14.4 & associated LICENSE (sys/dev/contrib/wpi, sys/contrib/dev/wpi/LICENSE)
o wpifw Firmware driver (sys/modules/wpifw)
Approved by: mlaier, sam (co-mentors)
reset problem when we reboot the system with the zyd device inserted.
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong
Reported by: Ted Lindgreen (ted@tednet.nl)
MFC after: 1 week
it's been printing out scary messages about "Unhanded Event Notify Frame"
that are needlessly worrisome to users. Change this warning to only print
out at an elevated debugging level.
CPUs to make sure idle threads are evicted from the softc before returning
from acpi_cpu_shutdown(). However, this is unnecessary since stop_cpus()
handles this for itself and at this point it's possible that our IPI will be
blocked (interrupts disabled).
Thanks to: Glen Leeder <glen.leeder / nokia.com>
MFC after: 3 days
/dev/agpgart and agp_free_res() frees resources like the BAR for the
aperture. Splitting this up lets chipset-specific detach routines
manipulate the aperture during their detach routines without panicing.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: anholt
set this flag and it was more or less just copied and pasted from
another FreeBSD driver while porting this driver from NetBSD, whose
gentbi(4) doesn't set MIIF_NOISOLATE either.
- Fix spelling in a comment.
OK'ed by: yongari
MFC after: 3 months
changes:
01 - Enhanced LRO:
LRO feature is extended to support multi-buffer mode. Previously,
Ethernet frames received in contiguous buffers were offloaded.
Now, frames received in multiple non-contiguous buffers can be
offloaded, as well. The driver now supports LRO for jumbo frames.
02 - Locks Optimization:
The driver code was re-organized to limit the use of locks.
Moreover, lock contention was reduced by replacing wait locks
with try locks.
03 - Code Optimization:
The driver code was re-factored to eliminate some memcpy
operations. Fast path loops were optimized.
04 - Tag Creations:
Physical Buffer Tags are now optimized based upon frame size.
For better performance, Physical Memory Maps are now re-used.
05 - Configuration:
Features such as TSO, LRO, and Interrupt Mode can be configured
either at load or at run time. Rx buffer mode (mode 1 or mode 2)
can be configured at load time through kenv.
06 - Driver Statistics:
Run time statistics are enhanced to provide better visibility
into the driver performance.
07 - Bug Fixes:
The driver contains fixes for the problems discovered and
reported since last submission.
08 - MSI support:
Added Message Signaled Interrupt feature which currently uses 1
message.
09 Removed feature:
Rx 3 buffer mode feature has been removed. Driver now supports 1,
2 and 5 buffer modes of which 2 and 5 buffer modes can be used
for header separation.
10 Compiler warning:
Fixed compiler warning when compiled for 32 bit system.
11 Copyright notice:
Source files are updated with the proper copyright notice.
MFC after: 3 days
Submitted by: Alicia Pena <Alicia dot Pena at neterion dot com>,
Muhammad Shafiq <Muhammad dot Shafiq at neterion dot com>
made by Michael Eisele and the patch was slightly modified by me.
With this change several NVIDIA ethernet controllers(e.g. MCP61)
works.
RTL8211B(L) is RealTek's new gigabit PHY. The PHY has several
features including crossover correction, polarity correction as
well as supporting triple speed(10/100/1000bps). Data transfer
between MAC and PHY is via RGMII for 1000baseT, MII for
10baseT/100baseTX.
Unfortunately, RealTek used the same model number for RTL8211B(L)
PHY so there is no way to discriminate between RTL8211B(L) and its
predecessors. ATM RTL8211B uses revision number 2 so checking the
revision number seems to be only way to identify it.
Obtained from: Michael Eisele [1]
Tested by: clemens fischer < ino-qc AT spotteswoode DOT de DOT eu DOT org >
mii_anegticks to MII_ANEGTICKS_GIGE and use it. Previously it used
to MII_ANEGTICKS which may not be enough to wait before retrying
autonegotiation process at 1000bps.
o Reset autonegotation timer if media option is not IFM_AUTO or we
got a valid link.
o Announce link loss right after it happends.
o Autonegiation is retried every mii_anegticks seconds.
o Report link state changes right after setting autonegotiation.
reason (not all BIOSen have _DIS methods for all link devices for example).
This matches the behavior of attach() with respect to _DIS as well.
Submitted by: njl
handle to the PCI device_t if the ACPI device_t is already attached to a
driver. This happens on the Tablet TC1000 which for some reason includes
two PCI-ISA bridges and treats the second bridge as an ACPI system resource
device.
Reviewed by: njl (a while ago)
MFC after: 3 days
refactored it to be a generic device.
Instead of being part of the standard kernel, there is now a 'nvram' device
for i386/amd64. It is in DEFAULTS like io and mem, and can be turned off
with 'nodevice nvram'. This matches the previous behavior when it was
first committed.
the PS/2 mouse controller. Thus, when acpi_ibm(4) claimed the mouse
device, the mouse would stop working. The one ACPI dump of an R40 that
I've looked at includes an HKEY device with the proper "IBM0068" ID, so
I'm not sure how the "IBM0057" ID could have helped at all.
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: njl
the PCIOCGETCONF, PCIOCREAD and PCIOCWRITE IOCTLs, which was broken
with the introduction of PCI domain support.
As the size of struct pci_conf_io wasn't changed with that commit,
this unfortunately requires the ABI of PCIOCGETCONF to be broken
again in order to be able to provide backwards compatibility to
the old version of that IOCTL.
Requested by: imp
Discussed with: re (kensmith)
Reviewed by: PCI maintainers (imp, jhb)
MFC after: 5 days
to kproc_xxx as they actually make whole processes.
Thos makes way for us to add REAL kthread_create() and friends
that actually make theads. it turns out that most of these
calls actually end up being moved back to the thread version
when it's added. but we need to make this cosmetic change first.
I'd LOVE to do this rename in 7.0 so that we can eventually MFC the
new kthread_xxx() calls.
codecs. Codec at address 0 seems purely digital, or perhaps an HDMI
interface. Let the driver skip it and continue scanning the codecs
starting with address 2 (Realtek ALC885).
* Due to possibilities of future similar cases, put enough logic
in hdac_scan_codecs() to force codec scanning starting from
XX address via tunable "hint.pcm.%d.codec_index".
Reported / Tested by: Toomas Pelberg <toomasp@gmx.net>
- Trivial headphone / speaker automute fixup for Fujitsu-Siemens
AMILO Si 1848 laptop.
Reported / Tested by: Ed <ed@bsd.it>
- Trivial headphone / speaker automute fixup for Fujitsu-Siemens
Lifebook S7020D laptop.
Reported / Tested by: Jaromir Dvoracek <jarek@ataxo.com>
- Some smart vendor trying to create interplanetary wormhole by
screwing pci config space during their BIOS update. The side effects
of their failure attempt includes mutilated hardware id, broken
speaker automuting and loosing the entire analog CD connectivity,
thus causing enough collateral damages to collapse the entire
universe. Move along with it.
Please exercise extra cautious when applying BIOS updates.
Reported / Tested by: Pietro Cerutti <gahr@gahr.ch>
- assembled laptop, based on the MSI-1034
(662) which is now becoming MSI-034A.
- Fix no sound issues (on headphones) for Lenovo ThinkCentre A55 due
to global automute table entry which is not applicable for
non-laptops.
Reported / Tested by: Piotr Smyrak <piotr.smyrak@heron.pl>
- Speaker mute control for HP DC7700 since the front headphone jack
does not generate any interesting unsolicited signal/response.
Reported / Tested by: tyop @ irc.freenode.net
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 3 days
ukbd_poll to mark this keyboard instance as polling before calling
usbd_set_polling at USB level. usbd_set_polling runs softintr before
returning, stealing our input and making consequent polling getchar
kind of pointless.
This allows USB keyboards to coexist peacefully with serial console in DDB
and other contexts where polling is used.
MFC after: 1 week
properly due to the shortage of the RX buffer size. In a case of zyd
devices, up to 3 frames can be combined in an USB transaction. So, RX
buffer should be at least ((MCLBYTES + extra structs) * 3)
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong <weongyo.jeong@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days
make sure to never call sched_bind() for uninitialised CPUs.
Submitted by: Constantine A. Murenin <cnst@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007 (GSoC2007/cnst-sensors)
Mentored by: syrinx
Tested by: many
OKed by: kensmith
which is ukbd0. Specifically, the keyboard driver structures for ukbd0
are not allocated/freed but are statically allocated via a persistent
global variable. There is some additional magic for the ukbd0 such that
if the keyboard is marked as probed in this global variable, then we
don't check to see if the device_t we are probing has an interface.
This causes a problem if an attach of ukbd0 fails without fulling clearing
the state in the global variable. Specifically, if the keyboard fails to
initialize in init_keyboard() or kbd_register(), then the keyboard will
still be marked as probed. The USB layer will then try to offer the
"generic" version of the USB keyboard device (as opposed to the
per-interface sub-devices) and the ukbd(4) driver will see that the
keyboard is marked probe and will skip the "is this a per-interface device"
check. Later in ukbd_attach() it panics because it tries to dereference
the interface pointer which is NULL.
The fix is to clear the flags in the persistent keyboard data for ukbd0
when init_keyboard() or kbd_register() fail.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: imp
- Add proper scanning support rather than letting the firmware grab the first
access point
- Overhaul state changes
- Use macros for locking and provide _locked() versions of some functions
- Increase debugging output
- Use a callout rather than the old watchdog interface
- Improve style, function names and defines
- Add WPA (TKIP) support
Based heavily on a patchset provided by Sam Leffler.
VR_STICKHW register would result in unexpected results on these
hardwares. wpaul said the following for the issue.
The vr_attach() routine unconditionally does this for all supported
chips:
/*
* Windows may put the chip in suspend mode when it
* shuts down. Be sure to kick it in the head to wake it
* up again.
*/
VR_CLRBIT(sc, VR_STICKHW, (VR_STICKHW_DS0|VR_STICKHW_DS1));
The problem is, the VR_STICKHW register is not valid on all Rhine
devices. The VT86C100A chip, which is present on the D-Link DFE-530TX
boards, doesn't support power management, and its register space is
only 128 bytes wide. The VR_STICKHW register offset falls outside this
range. This may go unnoticed in most scenarios, but if you happen to have
another PCI device in your system which is assigned the register
space immediately after that of the Rhine, the vr(4) driver will
incorrectly stomp it. In my case, the BIOS on my test board decided
to put the register space for my PRO/100 ethernet board right next
to the Rhine, and the Rhine driver ended up clobbering the IMR register
of the PRO/100 device. (Long story short: the board kept locking up on
boot. Took me the better part of the morning suss out why.)
The strictly correct thing to do would be to check the PCI config space
to make sure the device supports the power management capability and only
write to the VR_STICKHW register if it does.
Instead of inspecting chip revision numbers for the availability of
VR_STICKHW register, check the existence of power management capability
of the hardware as wpaul suggested.
Reported by: wpaul
Suggested by: wpaul
OK'ed by: jhb
SAS-enabled cards. It also makes the driver MPSAFE, eliminating some
problems that resulted from CAM becoming MPSAFE. Many thanks to 3Ware/AMCC
for continuing to support FreeBSD.
Submitted by: Manjunath Ranganathaiah
Approved by: re
voltage of 0. This can result in a divide by zero trap. Add a guard
for this case. The value of lfcap is checked in acpi_battery_bif_valid()
just before this, so it is safe.
Reportd by: sam
Approved by: re
MFC after: 3 days
of directly from acpi0. Before it would attach prior to the sysresource
devices, causing the later allocation of its memory range to fail and
print a warning like "acpi0: reservation of fed00000, 1000 (3) failed".
Use an explicit define for our probe order base value of 10.
Help from: jhb
Tested by: Abdullah Ibn Hamad Al-Marri <almarrie / gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days
Approved by: re
with all functions supported. This is done adding usb device IDs
to the table of recognised devices (because there is no standard
'scanner' class, so no other way to recognise them), and with
a small change to the uscanner attach routine that prevents
reconfiguring the whole USB device while we are dealing only with
one of its USB interfaces.
The latter part has been suggested by Steinar Hamre in
http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=107665 , i have
only added a bit of explaination to the code.
I have personally tried this on the Epson DX-5050 and DX-6000
devices (on the US market they have different names, CX-something).
I have good reasons to think that, possibly with the mere addition
of more USB ids to the table in uscanner.c, this should work with
all Epson multifunction devices in that family (from DX-3800 to
DX-7000 - these units are in the 50-120$ price range).
More details on related topics (SANE configuration, OCR, etc.)
at http://info.iet.unipi.it/~luigi/FreeBSD/dx5050.html
Manpage updates coming soon.
Approved by: re, imp
MFC after: 3 days
UDMA modes.
Please notice that Soekris NET5501 bios versions before 1.32f has a bug
that prevents this from working.
Approved by: re (gnn)
MFC: 2 weeks
support machines having multiple independently numbered PCI domains
and don't support reenumeration without ambiguity amongst the
devices as seen by the OS and represented by PCI location strings.
This includes introducing a function pci_find_dbsf(9) which works
like pci_find_bsf(9) but additionally takes a domain number argument
and limiting pci_find_bsf(9) to only search devices in domain 0 (the
only domain in single-domain systems). Bge(4) and ofw_pcibus(4) are
changed to use pci_find_dbsf(9) instead of pci_find_bsf(9) in order
to no longer report false positives when searching for siblings and
dupe devices in the same domain respectively.
Along with this change the sole host-PCI bridge driver converted to
actually make use of PCI domain support is uninorth(4), the others
continue to use domain 0 only for now and need to be converted as
appropriate later on.
Note that this means that the format of the location strings as used
by pciconf(8) has been changed and that consumers of <sys/pciio.h>
potentially need to be recompiled.
Suggested by: jhb
Reviewed by: grehan, jhb, marcel
Approved by: re (kensmith), jhb (PCI maintainer hat)
to gem_attach() as the former access softc members not yet initialized
at that time and gem_reset() actually is enough to stop the chip. [1]
o Revise the use of gem_bitwait(); add bus_barrier() calls before calling
gem_bitwait() to ensure the respective bit has been written before we
starting polling on it and poll for the right bits to change, f.e. even
though we only reset RX we have to actually wait for both GEM_RESET_RX
and GEM_RESET_TX to clear. Add some additional gem_bitwait() calls in
places we've been missing them according to the GEM documentation.
Along with this some excessive DELAYs, which probably only were added
because of bugs in gem_bitwait() and its use in the first place, as
well as as have of an gem_bitwait() reimplementation in gem_reset_tx()
were removed.
o Add gem_reset_rxdma() and use it to deal with GEM_MAC_RX_OVERFLOW errors
more gracefully as unlike gem_init_locked() it resets the RX DMA engine
only, causing no link loss and the FIFOs not to be cleared. Also use it
deal with GEM_INTR_RX_TAG_ERR errors, with previously were unhandled.
This was based on information obtained from the Linux GEM and OpenSolaris
ERI drivers.
o Turn on workarounds for silicon bugs in the Apple GMAC variants.
This was based on information obtained from the Darwin GMAC and Linux GEM
drivers.
o Turn on "infinite" (i.e. maximum 31 * 64 bytes in length) DMA bursts.
This greatly improves especially RX performance.
o Optimize the RX path, this consists of:
- kicking the receiver as soon as we've a spare descriptor in gem_rint()
again instead of just once after all the ready ones have been handled;
- kicking the receiver the right way, i.e. as outlined in the GEM
documentation in batches of 4 and by pointing it to the descriptor
after the last valid one;
- calling gem_rint() before gem_tint() in gem_intr() as gem_tint() may
take quite a while;
- doubling the size of the RX ring to 256 descriptors.
Overall the RX performance of a GEM in a 1GHz Sun Fire V210 was improved
from ~100Mbit/s to ~850Mbit/s.
o In gem_add_rxbuf() don't assign the newly allocated mbuf to rxs_mbuf
before calling bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(), if bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg()
fails we'll free the newly allocated mbuf, unable to recycle the
previous one but a NULL pointer dereference instead.
o In gem_init_locked() honor the return value of gem_meminit().
o Simplify gem_ringsize() and dont' return garbage in the default case.
Based on OpenBSD.
o Don't turn on MAC control, MIF and PCS interrupts unless GEM_DEBUG is
defined as we don't need/use these interrupts for operation.
o In gem_start_locked() sync the DMA maps of the descriptor rings before
every kick of the transmitter and not just once after enqueuing all
packets as the NIC might instantly start transmitting after we kicked
it the first time.
o Keep state of the link state and use it to enable or disable the MAC
in gem_mii_statchg() accordingly as well as to return early from
gem_start_locked() in case the link is down. [3]
o Initialize the maximum frame size to a sane value.
o In gem_mii_statchg() enable carrier extension if appropriate.
o Increment if_ierrors in case of an GEM_MAC_RX_OVERFLOW error and in
gem_eint(). [3]
o Handle IFF_ALLMULTI correctly; don't set it if we've turned promiscuous
group mode on and don't clear the flag if we've disabled promiscuous
group mode (these were mostly NOPs though). [2]
o Let gem_eint() also report GEM_INTR_PERR errors.
o Move setting sc_variant from gem_pci_probe() to gem_pci_attach() as
device probe methods are not supposed to touch the softc.
o Collapse sc_inited and sc_pci into bits for sc_flags.
o Add CTASSERTs ensuring that GEM_NRXDESC and GEM_NTXDESC are set to
legal values.
o Correctly set up for 802.3x flow control, though #ifdef out the code
that actually enables it as this needs more testing and mainly a proper
framework to support it.
o Correct and add some conversions from hard-coded functions names to
__func__ which were borked or forgotten in if_gem.c rev. 1.42.
o Use PCIR_BAR instead of a homegrown macro.
o Replace sc_enaddr[6] with sc_enaddr[ETHER_ADDR_LEN].
o In gem_pci_attach() in case attaching fails release the resources in
the opposite order they were allocated.
o Make gem_reset() static to if_gem.c as it's not needed outside that
module.
o Remove the GEM_GIGABIT flag and the associated code; GEM_GIGABIT was
never set and the associated code was in the wrong place.
o Remove sc_mif_config; it was only used to cache the contents of the
respective register within gem_attach().
o Remove the #ifdef'ed out NetBSD/OpenBSD code for establishing a suspend
hook as it will never be used on FreeBSD.
o Also probe Apple Intrepid 2 GMAC and Apple Shasta GMAC, add support for
Apple K2 GMAC. Based on OpenBSD.
o Add support for Sun GBE/P cards, or in other words actually add support
for cards based on GEM to gem(4). This mainly consists of adding support
for the TBI of these chips. Along with this the PHY selection code was
rewritten to hardcode the PHY number for certain configurations as for
example the PHY of the on-board ERI of Blade 1000 shows up twice causing
no link as the second incarnation is isolated.
These changes were ported from OpenBSD with some additional improvements
and modulo some bugs.
o Add code to if_gem_pci.c allowing to read the MAC-address from the VPD on
systems without Open Firmware.
This is an improved version of my variant of the respective code in
if_hme_pci.c
o Now that gem(4) is MI enable it for all archs.
Pointed out by: yongari [1]
Suggested by: rwatson [2], yongari [3]
Tested on: i386 (GEM), powerpc (GMACs by marcel and yongari),
sparc64 (ERI and GEM)
Reviewed by: yongari
Approved by: re (kensmith)
polling/interrupt-driven fallback and instead use polling only during
boot and pure interrupt-driven mode after boot. Polled mode could be
relegated completely to a legacy role if we could enable interrupts
during boot. Polled mode can be forced after boot by setting
debug.acpi.ec.polled="1", i.e. if there are timeouts.
- Use polling only during boot, shutdown, or if requested by the user.
Otherwise, use a generation count of GPEs, incremented atomically. This
prevents an old status value from being used if the EC is really slow
and the same condition (i.e. multiple IBEs for a write transaction) is
being checked.
- Check for and run the query handler directly if the SCI bit is set in
the status register during boot. Previously, the query handler wouldn't
run until interrupts were finally enabled late in boot.
- During boot and after starting a command, check if the event appears
to already have occurred before we even start waiting. If so, it's
possible the EC is very slow and we might accept an old status value.
Print a warning in this case. Once we've booted, interrupt-driven mode
should work just fine but polled mode could be unreliable. There's not
much more we can do about this until interrupts are enabled during boot.
- In the above case, we also do one final check if the interrupt-driven
mode gets a timeout. If the status is complete, it will force the
system back into polled mode since interrupt mode doesn't work. For
polled mode during boot, if the status appears to be already complete
before beginning the check loop, it waits 10 us before actually checking
the status, just in case the EC is really slow and hasn't gotten to work
on the new request yet.
- Use upper-case hex for the _Qxx method
- Use device_printf for errors, don't hide them under verbose
- Increase default total timeout to 750 ms and decrease polling interval
to 5 us.
- Don't pass the status value via the softc. Just read it directly.
- Remove the mutex. We use the sx lock for transaction serialization
with the query handler.
- Remove the Intel copyright notice as no code of theirs was ever
present in this file (verified against rev 1.1)
- Allow KTR module-only builds for ease of testing
Thanks to jkim and Alexey Starikovskiy for helpful discussions and testing.
Approved by: re
MFC after: 2 weeks
- The output routine of low level console is not protected by any lock
by default.
- Increment and decrement of sc->write_in_progress are not atomic and
this may cause console hang.
- We also have many other states used by emulator that should be protected
by the lock.
- This change does not fix interspersed messages which PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE
kernel option should fix.
Approved by: re (bmah)
MFC after: 1 week
controller if it's sole child device has the "usb" device class.
Previously ehci(4) would think that PCI-ISA bridges on the same slot
(such as in some Intel ICHs) were "neighbors" resulting in spurious
warnings about neighbor count mismatches.
- Fix a memory leak when looking for neighbors.
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Tested by: phk
to become unkillable when that process is sent a termination signal. The
process will sit in waitvt looping in the kernel, and chewing up all
available CPU until the system is rebooted.
Submitted by: Jilles Tjoelker <jilles@stack.nl>
Reviewed by: bde
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week
the mfi(4) LSI MegaSAS RAID card. Looking at the Linux driver for the
mpt(4) it should be 0x0062 and not 0x0060. Tested with an mfi card
of this device id.
Approved by: re (bmah)
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 3 days
o add driver callback to handle notification of beacon changes;
this is required for devices that manage beacon frames themselves
(devices must override the default handler which does nothing)
o move beacon update-related flags from ieee80211com to the beacon
offsets storage (or handle however a driver wants)
o expand beacon offsets structure with members needed for 11h/dfs
and appie's
o change calling convention for ieee80211_beacon_alloc and
ieee80211_beacon_update
o add overlapping bss support for 11g; requires driver to pass
beacon frames from overlapping bss up to net80211 which is not
presently done by any driver
o move HT beacon contents update to a routine in the HT code area
Reviewed by: avatar, thompsa, sephe
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
does not have a rate table in older hal's so if we scan such a
channel the driver will hit an assertion or crash; for old hal's
fallback to using the static turbo rate table for this mode
(not correct but good enough for now given none of the rate
control algorithms understand how to switch between base+boost)
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
mode works properly, previously the hostap channel could not be changed off #3.
Fix an ifp/sc misuse while I am here.
Reported by: many
Approved by: re (bmah)
change interrupt if the link is established with link parter. However
interrupt handler didn't acknowledge the interrupt if nfe(4) was not
running at the time of interrupt delivery. This caused endless
interrupt generation. Fix the bug by acknowledging the interrupt
regardless of running state of the driver.
PR: kern/116295
Submitted by: Mark Derbyshire (mark At taom dot com)
Approved by: re (kensmith)
other changes too).
(without any real order)
1. Use device_get_nameunit for mutex naming
2. Add timer for low-latency playback
3. Move most mixer controls from sysctls to mixer(8) controls.
This is a largest part of this patch.
4. Add analog/digital switch (as a temporary sysctl)
5. Get back support for low-bitrate playback (with help of (2))
6. Change locking for exclusive I/O. Writing to non-PTR register
is almost safe and does not need to be ordered with PTR operations.
7. Disable MIDI until we get it to detach properly and fix memory
managment problems.
8. Enable multichannel playback by default. It is as stable as
single-channel mode. Multichannel recording is still an
experimental feature.
9. Multichannel options can be changed by loader tunables.
10. Add a way to disable card from a loader tunable.
11. Add new PCI IDs.
12. Debugger settings are loader tunables now.
14. Remove some unused variables.
15. Mark pcm sub-devices MPSAFE.
16. Partially revert (bus_setup_intr -> snd_setup_intr) since it need
to be done independently
Submitted by: Yuriy Tsibizov (driver maintainer)
Approved by: re (bmah)
- duplicate #define in header, thanks to Kevin Lo for pointing out.
- incorrect BUSMASTER enable logic, thanks Patrick Oeschger
- 82543 fails due to bogus IO BAR logic
- Allow 82571 to use MSI interrupts
- Checksum Offload for UDP not working on 82575
Approved by:re
ioctl().
Note that other information provided by ifconfig(8) such like "list chan"
or "list ap" are still not available at this moment.
Before an(4) is connected to wlan(4), users are encouraged to use
ancontrol(8) to retrieve aforementioned information.
Reported by: dhw (http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-current/2007-July/074848.html)
Reviewed by: ambrisko
Tested by: dhw
Approved by: re (bmah)
- fix the use after free seen when sending packets small enough to fit as an immediate
and bpf peers are present
- update to firmware rev 4.7 along with various small vendor fixes
Supported by: Chelsio
Approved by: re (blanket)
MFC after: 3 days
that can lead to a panic when the stick is yanked.
- make sure that zyd_attach() returns 0 or errno.
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong <weongyo.jeong@gmail.com>
Reported by: Ted Lindgreen <ted@tednet.nl>
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
o update ic_lastdata to reflect time of last outbound frame
o outbound traffic must preempt/cancel bg scanning to avoid delays
This stuff was somehow missed in the initial import.
Reviewed by: thompsa, avatar, sephe (earlier version)
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
The first drop was Beta, this code is expected to be the release version.
Note that this driver code will build in either 6.2 or 7. If you
use the code in 6.2 you will not get TSO or MSI/X support but it will
function in a legacy mode.
Approved by: re
needed at least to convince the BIOS to give us access to CPU freq
control on MacBooks.
Submitted by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo / fnop.net>
Approved by: re
MFC after: 5 days
ZD1211/ZD1211B USB IEEE 802.11b/g wireless network devices. Not (yet)
connected to the build process (next batch of commits once I've looped
the current back back).
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong
Reviewed by: sam@
Approved by: re@
Both WWNN and WWPN are 64-bit unsigned integers and they are prefixed
with "0x", which requires two more bytes each.
Submitted by: Danny Braniss (danny at cs dot huji dot ac dot il)
via Matthew Jacob (lydianconcepts at gmail dot com)
Approved by: re (bmah)
MFC after: 3 days
- remove cpl->iff panic - we can't know the port number from the rspq on the 4-port
- pick the ifnet based on the interface in the CPL header
- switch to using qset 0 for egress on the 4-port for now - may change
when we start using RSS
- move ether_ifdetach to before the port lock gets deinitialized to avoid
hang in the case where there are BPF peers (cxgb_ioctl is called indirectly
when BPF peers are present)
- don't call t3_mac_reset if multiport is set, this was causing tx errors
by misconfiguring the MAC on the 4-port
- change V_TXPKT_INTF to use txpkt_intf as the interfaces are not contiguous
- free the mbuf immediately in the case where the payload is small enough to be copied
into the rspq
- only update the coalesce timer if for a queue if packets were taken off of it
- add in missed 20ms DELAY in initializaton vsc8211
- prompt MFC as this only applies to the 4-port which is currently completely
broken - OK'd by kensmith
Supported by: Chelsio
Approved by: re (blanket)
MFC after: 0 days
on an down mxge interface
- Fix a bug where mxge reported the link state as
active when it wasn't (after ifconfig down).
- Prevent spurious watchdog resets when link partner is not consuming
- Add support for CX4 and popular XFP media detection
- Update the firmware and associated header files to 1.4.25
Approved by: re (kensmith)
and newer CPUs (including Core 2 and Core / Core 2 based Xeons). The
driver attaches to each cpu device and creates a sysctl node in that
device's sysctl context (dev.cpu.N.temperature). When invoked, the
handler binds to the appropriate CPU to ensure a correct reading.
Submitted by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@fnop.net>
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007
Tested by: des, marcus, Constantine A. Murenin, Ian FREISLICH
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 3 weeks
Without this the PHY wouldn't work as expected. This should fix
dual-boot Windows XP machine where RealTek Windows drivers put the
PHY in power down mode during shutdown. The magic PHY register
accesses come from RealTek driver. No datasheets mention the magic
PHY registers.
In general, the PHY wakeup code should go into PHY driver. However it
seems that it only apply to RTL8169S single chip and it would be
another hack if we have rgephy(4) check what parent driver/chip model
is attached.
Reported by: lofi, Laurens Timmermans ( laurens AT timkapel DOT nl )
Tested by: lofi
Obtained from: RealTek FreeBSD driver
Approved by: re (Ken Smith)
- Don't leak the config lock if detach() fails due to the controller char
dev being open.
- Close a race between detach() and a process opening the controller char
dev.
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: re (bmah)
Fix a resource allocation bug (explained by jhb on -acpi)
Thanks for Mike Tancsa for testing and helping track down the bug.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 3 weeks
detailed status on each of the backing subdisks. This allows userland
to see which subdisks are online, failed, missing, or a hot spare.
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: re (bmah)
Reviewed by: sos
differ in their details with calls to a new function, ehci_hcreset(),
that performs the reset.
The original sequences either had no delay or a 1ms delay between
telling the controller to stop and asserting the controller reset
bit. One instance of the original reset sequence waited for the
controller to indicate that its reset was complete before continuing,
but the other two immediately let the subsequent code execute. The
latter is a problem on some hardware, because a read of the HCCPARAMS
register returns an incorrect value while the reset is in progress,
which triggers an infinite loop in ehci_pci_givecontroller(), which
hangs the system on shutdown.
The reset sequence in ehci_hcreset() starts with the most complete
instance from the original code, which contains a loop to wait for
the controller to indicate that its reset is complete. This appears
to be the correct thing to do according to "Enhanced Host Controller
Interface Specification for Universal Serial Bus" revision 1.0,
section 2.3.1. Add another loop to wait for the controller to
indicate that it has stopped before setting the HCRESET bit. This
is required by the section 2.3.1 in the specification, which says
that setting HCRESET before the controller has halted "will result
in undefined behaviour".
Reviewed by: imp (previous patch version without the extra wait loop)
Tested by: se (previous patch version without the extra wait loop)
Approved by: re (bmah)
MFC after: 1 week
previously conditionally acquired Giant based on debug.mpsafenet. As that
has now been removed, they are no longer required. Removing them
significantly simplifies error-handling in the socket layer, eliminated
quite a bit of unwinding of locking in error cases.
While here clean up the now unneeded opt_net.h, which previously was used
for the NET_WITH_GIANT kernel option. Clean up some related gotos for
consistency.
Reviewed by: bz, csjp
Tested by: kris
Approved by: re (kensmith)
requiring DC_TX_ALIGN or DC_TX_COALESCE, which was previously done
in dc_start_locked(), into dc_encap().
o In dc_encap():
- If m_defrag() fails just drop the packet like other NIC drivers
do. This should only happen when there's a mbuf shortage, in which
case it was possible to end up with an IFQ full of packets which
couldn't be processed as they couldn't be defragmented as they
were taking up all the mbufs themselves. This includes adjusting
dc_start_locked() to not trying to prepend the mbuf (chain) if
dc_encap() has freed it.
- Likewise, if bus_dmamap_load_mbuf() fails as dc_dma_map_txbuf()
failed, free the mbuf possibly allocated by the above call to
m_defrag() and drop the packet.
o In dc_txeof():
- Don't clear IFF_DRV_OACTIVE unless there are at least 6 free TX
descriptors. Further down the road dc_encap() will bail if there
are only 5 or fewer free TX descriptors, causing dc_start_locked()
to abort and prepend the dequeued mbuf again so it makes no sense
to pretend we could process mbufs again when in fact we won't.
While at it replace this magic 5 with a macro DC_TX_LIST_RSVD.
- Just always assign idx to sc->dc_cdata.dc_tx_cons; it doesn't
make much sense to exclude the idx == sc->dc_cdata.dc_tx_cons
case.
o In dc_dma_map_txbuf() there's no need to set sc->dc_cdata.dc_tx_err
to error if the latter is != 0, bus_dmamap_load_mbuf() already
returns the same error value in that case anyway.
o For less overhead, convert to use bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg() for
loading RX buffers.
o Remove some banal and/or outdated comments.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week
to clear RL_TDESC_VLANCTL_TAG). This fixes sending packets in the
native VLAN when running both tagged and an untagged VLAN over the
same trunk and descriptors are recycled.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week
that could cause panics and corruption under moderate load. Many thanks
to Matt Reimer, Tom McDonald, and the rest of the guys at VPOP.net for
their help in identifying and testing this.
Approved by: re
errors (especially when jumbo frames are enabled or in low memory systems)
because the RX chain was corrupted when an mbuf was mapped to an unexpected
number of buffers.
- Fixed a problem that would cause kernel panics when an excessively
fragmented TX mbuf couldn't be defragmented and was released by
bce_tx_encap().
Approved by: re(hrs)
MFC after: 7 days
the fast or safe/slow method is in use. Fast remains at 1000, slow is
now at 850 (always preferred to TSC). Since the HPET has proven slower
than ACPI-fast on some systems, drop its quality to 900. In the future,
it is hoped that HPET performance will improve as it is the main
timer Intel supports. HPET may move back to 2000 in -current once RELENG_7
is branched to ensure that it gets tested.
Approved by: re
the duration of the function. The device we would otherwise
have left in an useless state may just as well be the low-level
console. When booting verbose, we do need it addressable if we
want to avoid a MCA.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
framework for non-MPSAFE network protocols:
- Remove debug_mpsafenet variable, sysctl, and tunable.
- Remove NET_NEEDS_GIANT() and associate SYSINITSs used by it to force
debug.mpsafenet=0 if non-MPSAFE protocols are compiled into the kernel.
- Remove logic to automatically flag interrupt handlers as non-MPSAFE if
debug.mpsafenet is set for an INTR_TYPE_NET handler.
- Remove logic to automatically flag netisr handlers as non-MPSAFE if
debug.mpsafenet is set.
- Remove references in a few subsystems, including NFS and Cronyx drivers,
which keyed off debug_mpsafenet to determine various aspects of their own
locking behavior.
- Convert NET_LOCK_GIANT(), NET_UNLOCK_GIANT(), and NET_ASSERT_GIANT into
no-op's, as their entire behavior was determined by the value in
debug_mpsafenet.
- Alias NET_CALLOUT_MPSAFE to CALLOUT_MPSAFE.
Many remaining references to NET_.*_GIANT() and NET_CALLOUT_MPSAFE are still
present in subsystems, and will be removed in followup commits.
Reviewed by: bz, jhb
Approved by: re (kensmith)
- make NDIS_DEBUG a sysctl
- default to IEEE80211_MODE_11B if the card doesnt tell us the channels
- dont mess with ic_des_chan when we assosciate
- Allow a directed scan by setting the ESSID before scanning (verified
with wireshark). Hidden APs probably wouldnt have worked before.
- Grab the channel type and use it to look up the correct curchan for
the scan results (mistakenly used 11B before)
- Fix memory leak in the ndis_scan_results
Tested by: matteo
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (rwatson)
to repeat if you had more than two keys down at any given time (which
happened to me all the time with emacs).
This is taken from PR 110681, although what URATAN Shigenobu describes
there is different than the pathology that I have been seeing. I'm
seeing this only in X, while he sees it on his console, yet I think
the two problems are related. I've also reworked the patch slightly
to conform to the coding standards of adjacent code.
It is unclear to me if this merely masks the maddening bug that I have
seen, or if this is a real fix. I typically see the problem when I'm
typing fast in emacs and using lots of motion keys (meta and control).
In either case, my workstation at work again is finally useful with
this patch.
PR: 110681
Submitted by: URATAN Shigenobu
Approved by: re (blanket)
the protocol to be report on each open, but ignore any errors as set
protocol for mice that don't implement the boot protocol can generate
an error. Evidentally, the Gyration GyroPoint RF Technology Receiver
(Gyration Ultra Cordless) device has this problem.
Submitted by: Eugene M. Kim
PR: 106565
Approved by: re (blanket)
included man pages on how to use it. This code is still somewhat experimental
but has been successfully tested on a number of targets. Many thanks to
Danny for contributing this.
Approved by: re
Ever since switching to adaptive polling re(4) occasionally spews
watchdog timeouts on systems with MSI capability. This change is
minimal one for supporting MSI and re(4) also needs MSIX support
for RTL8111C in future. Because softc structure of re(4) is shared
with rl(4), rl(4) was touched to use the modified softc.
Reported by: cnst
Tested by: cnst
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Because nfe(4) hardware doesn't support SG on Rx path, supporting
jumbo frame requires very large contiguous kernel memory(i.e. several
mega bytes). In case of lack of contiguous kernel memory that
allocation request may always fail. However nfe(4) can operate on normal
sized MTU frames, so go ahead and just disable jumbo frame support.
While I'm here add a new tunable "hw.nfe.jumbo_disable" to disable
jumbo frame support.
In nfe_poll, make sure to invoke correct Rx handler.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
advancing. Read from the timer before attaching to be sure it advances
in 1 us. Since the slowest rate allowed by the spec is 10 MHz, the
timer is guaranteed to change in this interval if it is working.
Tested by: Rui Paulo
Approved by: re
MFC after: 3 days
4KB pages as i386, data structures that just fit in one page on i386 (and
on 64 bit architectures with 8KB pages) can be distributed over two pages
on amd64. This is a porblem in the case of the Symbios driver, since the
SCRIPTS engine in the SCSI chip operates on physical addresses and needs
physically contiguous memory. Earlier patches used contigmalloc on amd64,
but this version replaces part of a structure by a pointer to that data.
In order to not introduce an extra indirection for other architectures,
the change has been made conditional on __amd64__.
Earlier attempts to repair this problem are removed (i.e. the macros that
made amd64 use contigmalloc). The fix was submitted by Jan Mikkelsen and
modified by me to only affect amd64.
PR: 89550
Submitted by: janm at transactionware dot com (Jan Mikkelsen)
Approved by: re (Hiroki Sato)
MFC after: 2 weeks
interrupt that is shared with other devices(e.g. USB) in system and
provide a new tunable "hw.msk.legacy_intr" to activate the legacy
interrupt handler. Setting the tunable automatically disables MSI
for msk(4). Previously msk(4) used adoptive polling with taskqueue(9)
as all msk(4) hardwares I know supports MSI. However, there are cases
that MSI couldn't be used on some hardwares due to bugs in MSI
implementatins.
Tested by: Li-Lun Wang < llwang AT infor DOT org >
Approved by: re (kensmith)
- Add custom .c wrappers for the firmware, rather than the standard
firmware(9) generated firmware objects to work around toolchain
problems on ia64 involving linking objects produced by
ld -b -binary into the kernel.
- Move from using Myricom's ".dat" firmware blobs to using Myricom's
zlib compressed ".h" firmware header files. This is done to
facilitate the custom wrappers, and saves a fair amount of wired
memory in the case where the firmware is built in, or preloaded.
- Fix two compile issues in mxge which only appear on non-i386/amd64.
Reviewed by: mlaier, mav (earlier version with just zlib support)
Glanced at by: sam
Approved by: re (kensmith)
config info. from device.hints. Some machines have ipmi controllers
that do not have attachment info in either PCI, SMBIOS or ACPI.
This idea was hacked together by me and then done properly by
jhb.
Submitted by: jhb
Reviewed by: jhb (man page)
Approved by: re (Ken Smith)
MFC after: 1 week
- Keep last transaction label for each destination.
- If the next label is not free, just give up.
- This should reduce CPU load for TX on if_fwip under heavy load.
Approved by: re (hrs)
This adds a function to agp.c to set the aperture resource ID if it's
not the usual AGP_APBASE. Previously, agp.c had been assuming
AGP_APBASE, which resulted in incorrect agp_info, and contortions by
agp_i810.c to work around it.
This also adds functions to agp.c for default AGP_GET_APERTURE() and
AGP_SET_APERTURE(), which return the aperture resource size and disallow
aperture size changes. Moving to these for our AGP drivers will likely
result in stability improvements. This should fix 855-class aperture
size detection.
Additionally, refuse to attach agp_i810 when some RAM is above 4GB and
the GART can't reference memory that high. This should be very rare.
The correct solution would be bus_dma conversion for agp, which is
beyond the scope of this change. Other AGP drivers could likely use
this change as well.
G33/Q35/Q33 AGP support is also included, but disconnected by default
due to lack of testing.
PR: kern/109724 (855 aperture issue)
Submitted by: FUJIMOTO Kou<fujimoto@j.dendai.ac.jp>
Approved by: re (hrs)
- change include style so build in kernel try OR standalone work.
- Limit HWCSUM - I was led to believe that it would work with RSS,
but our testing had odd issues which suggests this is false.
- A fatfinger error in the ioctl code made ifconfig up not work.
Approved by: re
than indirecting through ifaddr_byindex, which makes things easier with
respect to virtualized network stacks.
Submitted by: Marko Zec <zec at icir dot org>
Reviewed by: Leonid Grossman <Leonid dot Grossman at neterion dot com>
Approved by: re (kensmith)
non-sleepable lock held. drm_pci_alloc() calls them, thus drm mutex shall
not be held during the call.
Move the drm_pci_alloc() to the start of the i915_initialize() and drop the
the drm mutex around it.
Reported by: Ganbold <ganbold micom mng net>
Reviewed by: anholt
Approved by: re (hrs)
MFC after: 1 week
- use net80211 for scanning and pass the results back to the scan cache
- use ieee80211_init_channels to fill our channel list
- fix up state transitions
- depreciate the old wicontrol ioctls
- add some debugging lines (#define NDIS_DEBUG)
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (kensmith)
ioctls can be removed. These have been #ifdef'd out and left as a reference in
case any of the RIDs need to be turned into sysctls at a later date.
Reviewed by: sam, avatar
Approved by: re (kensmith)
- reduce cpu usage by as much as 25% (40% -> 30) by doing txq reclaim more efficiently
- use mtx_trylock when trying to grab the lock to avoid spinning during long encap loop
- add per-txq reclaim task
- if mbufs were successfully re-claimed try another pass
- track txq overruns with sysctl
Approved by: re (blanket)
- Add controller id for Intel 82801I (ICH9).
PR: kern/114399
Submitted by: Michael Fuckner <michael@fuckner.net>
- MSI support. Disable by default due to various issues with too many
broken hardwares. MSI can be enabled through device.hints(5) or
kenv(8) by setting "hint.pcm.%d.msi=1".
Partially submitted by: kevlo
YAMAMOTO Taku <taku@tackymt.homeip.net>
Tested by: joel, kevlo, YAMAMOTO Taku
Approved by: re (hrs)
MFC after: 3 days
do the heavy lifting of the 'mii_tick' function, rue was left behind.
Implement this in a naive way. Reports from the field show this makes
the driver functional with some locking issues, as opposed to an
instant panic. Those will be addressed in a later version of the
driver.
Approved by: re@ (bmah)
Sort NETGEAR list per convention.
Swap QUALCOMM and QUALCOMM2.
Add a few vendor products.
no md5 changes with this file (except when USBVERBOSE is enabled)
Approved by: re@ (blanket)
- Handle directories and leaves other than unit directories and text leaves
correctly.
- Now we can retrieve CROM of iSight correctly.
Approved by: re (hrs)
Tested by: flz
MFC after: 3 days
in. These are exclusively in the name of the company for this round.
No new devices have been added, but the MITEL entry has been
eliminated because nothing uses it. You won't see any difference
unless you have USBVERBOSE defined for the kernel.
Approved by: re@ (blanket)
nxge: cast page size fragments down to (int). If the vm's demand paging
PAGE_SIZE is ever too big for that, we've got far bigger problems.
ofw: move va_start() a little earlier. gcc-4.2 doesn't like us modifying
the last arg before the va_start().
Approved by: re (rwatson)
would be 93C46(1Kbit) or 93C56(2Kbit). One of differences between them
is number of address lines required to access the EEPROM. For example,
93C56 EEPROM needs 8 address lines to read/write data. If 93C56
recevied premature end of required number of serial clock(CLK) to set
OP code/address of EEPROM, the result would be unexpected behavior.
Previously it tried to detect 93C46, which requires 6 address lines,
and then assumed it would be 93C56 if read data was not expected
value. However, this approach didn't work in some models/situations
as 93C56 requries 8 address lines to access its data. In order to fix
it, change EEPROM probing order such that 93C56 is detected reliably.
While I'm here change hard-coded address line numbers with defined
constant to enhance readability.
PR: 112710
Approved by: re (mux)
o Adonics Cable 205
o Aiptek PocketCAM 3Mega
o Belkin USB2SCSI
o Casio QV DigiCam
o CCYU EasyDisk ED1064
o Desknote UCR-61S2B
o Epson Stylus Photo 875DC Card Reader
o Epson Stylus Photo 895 Card Reader
o Feiya 5-in-1 Card Reader
o Hitachi Dvd-CAM DZ-MV100A Camcorder
o HP CD-WRiter+ CD-4e
o Insystem Storage Adapter v2
o Kyocera Finecam S3x
o Kyocera Finecam S4
o Kyocera Finecam S5
o Kyocera Finecam L3
o Lexar USB CF Reader
o MindAtWork Digital Wallet
o Minolta Dimage F300
o Minolta Dimage E223
o Minsumi USB Fdd
o Netac USB-CF-Card
o NetChip USB Clik! 40
o Onspec MDCFE-B USB CF Reader
o Onspec SIIG/Datafab Memory Stick + CF Reader/Writer
o Onspec Datafab-based Reader
o Onspec PNY/Datafab CF+SM Reader
o Onspec SimpleTech/Datafab CF+SM Reader
o Onspec MDSM-b Reader
o Onspec USB To CF + SM Combo (LC1)
o Onspec ImageMate SDDR55
o Panasonic LS-120 Camera
o Samsung Techwin Digimax 410
o Shuttle eUSB SmartMedia / CompactFlash Adapter
o Skanhex MD 7425 Camera
o Skanhex SX 520z Camera
o Sony Memorystick NW-MS7
o Sony Portable USB Hardrive V2
o Sony Memorystick PEG N760c
o Sony Memorystick MSC-U03
o TREK/IBM USB memory key
o Trumpion T33520 USB Flash Card Controller
o Trumpion MP3 Player
o Vivtar Vivicam 35Xx
o WinMaxGroup USB Flash Disk 64M-C
o Zoran Digital Camera EX-20 DSC
and maybe a few others...
Submitted by: Vaidas Damosevicius and flz
PR: 79893
Reviewed by: njl, flz
Approved by: re (blanket)
that should be a no-op (for example, requesting SYNC on record path).
The standards does not indicate that such requests are illegal, so
just return it as success instead of EINVAL.
Approved by: re (mux)
First, we were never correctly checking for a 24XX Status Type 0
response- that cased us to fall through to evaluate status for
commands as if this were a 2100/2200/2300 Status Type 0 response.
This is *close*, but not quite the same. This has been reported
to be apparent with some wierd lun configuration problems with
some arrays. It became glaringly apparent on sparc64 where none
of the correct byte swap things were done.
Fixing this omission then caused a whole universe shifting debug
cycle of endian issues for the 2400. The manual for 24XX f/w turns
out to be wrong about the endianness of a couple of entities. The
lun and cdb fields for the type 7 request are *not* unconditionally
big endian- they happen to be opposite of whatever the endian of
the current machine type is. Same with the sense data for the
24XX type 0 response.
While we're at it investigate and resolve some NVRAM endian
issues.
Approved by: re (ken)
MFC after: 3 days
Submitted by: Simon Schubert <corecode@fs.ei.tum.de>
- Defer flushing unsolicited response into taskqueue thread rather
than handle it directly in interrupt handler, since few of its
operations (like measuring/calibrating jack impedance) are quite
expensive.
- Misc. debugging cleanups.
Tested by: joel
Approved by: re (hrs)
MFC after: 3 days
Note: The offending quirk should have been made model/codec specific,
but since there were no records / log which model requires it, the quirk
logic had to be inverted (blacklist instead of whitelist).
Tested by: Arkadiy Dudevitch <dudevitch@englerllc.com>
Approved by: re (hrs)
MFC after: 3 days
- provide dummy routines for ic_scan_curchan and ic_scan_mindwell, we do not support those operations.
- add ieee80211_scan_done() to tell the scanning module that all channels have been scanned.
- pass IEEE80211_S_SCAN state off to net80211 so it can initiate scanning
- fix overflow in the rates array
- scale the rate value passed back from the firmware scan to the units that net80211 uses.
Submitted by: Token
Reviewed by: sam, avatar
Approved by: re (kensmith)
operating channel and use this in the scan cache rather than directly using
ic_curchan. Some firmware cards can only do a full scan and so ic_curchan does
not have the correct value.
Also add IEEE80211_CHAN2IEEE to directly dereference ic_ieee from the channel
to be used in the fast path.
Reviewed by: sam, sephe
Approved by: re (kensmith)
to be index by IEEE channel number but that is no longer the case and it needs
to be searched for.
Submitted by: avatar
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (kensmith)
(1) Add size parameter to usbd_get_string()
(2) Properly limit speed when a full speed hub is plugged into a high
speed hub.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
PR: 80773, 79725
Approved by: re@ (kensmith)
yet supported by this driver. Support will be committed soon, or a
filter on all the 'newer' devices will be installed before the
release.
Approved by: re@ (blanket)
Obtained from: NetBSD, OpenBSD
Small Furry Animals by: Pink Floyd
switch (i.e. lid) is set to have an action of NONE. This is not an
invalid state, so silently return. This fixes the warning:
"acpi: request to enter state S6 failed (err 22)"
Approved by: re
the command. Make UFI devices return 'success' when asked to do a
SYNC_CACHE. There's no support for write caching in the UFI spec, so
this is the most appropriate action to undertake.
Reviewed by: scottl
Approved by: re@ (blanket)
Hellmuth with some refinements by myself and flz@. It works for me
with my non-MS mice, so nothing should be broken by it.
Submitted by: Hellmuth Michaelis
PR: 90162
Approved by: re (blanket)
pr, the submitter says:
Found this while running freebsd as guest in qemu with -usb
parameter. The patch implements the missing dynamic size based on
number of ports a hub has.
Submitted by: Lonnie Mendez
PR: 94946
Approved by: re@ (blanket)
patch that converts ms to ticks was used. Another PR states that a
return code of 0 is the right one for libusb.
Submitted by: Lonnie Mendez
PR: 94311
Approved by: re (blanket)
adequate. Increase them to 1k. The referenced PR made this a sysctl,
but that seems like overkill to me. The difference between 320 and
2048 bytes in modern systems, even embedded ones, seems to be in the
noise to be worth the extra hair to make it settable.
PR: 74609
Submitted by: Divacky Roman
Approved by: re (blanket)
applied to, but I'd think both), honor the timeout that's been set.
Return 0 bytes to be consistant with what libusb expects. By default,
the timeout will be zero, so only applications that change the default
will see a change. The patch only seems to apply to the interrupt end
points, but it should also apply to isochronous endpoints as well.
Submitted by: Maurice Castro
PR: 110122
Approved by: re (blanket)
some false positives but at this moment it is better to add
support then to dont have it at all (comment from Soren).
PR: kern/111516
Submitted by: Thomas Nystrom <thn at saeab dot se>
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Approved by: imp (mentor)
OK'ed by: sos (With the comment noted above about false
positives).
put out a ispreqt2e_t structure onto the request queue- not a ispreqt2_t
structure. I forgot that the 23XX can use a t2 structure.
Approved by: re (ken, implicitly)
MFC after: 3 days
changes for example:
(From Craig Leres):
tip to a rocketport line
run "/etc/rc.d/devfs restart"
exit tip
(wait for the system to reboot)
Thanks to Robert Watson for poking me to fix this.
PR: kern/109152
Approved by: imp (mentor)
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Reviewed by: jhb
Submitted by: Craig Leres <leres@ee dot lbl dot gov>
of the file numerically for vendors and then each product numerically
by vendor (with all the foo2's sorting after the foo's). Someday, all
the usbdevs will be merged, I hope, but until then, we have these
mega-merges.
This also finishes the LINKSYS4 -> CISCOLINKSYS rename.
Approved by: re@ (blanket)
firmware reset. Also zero out struct iwi_rateset although its not strictly
necessary.
Reported by: Maxim Konovalov
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (bmah)
to put out a ispreqt3e_t structure onto the request queue-
not a ispreqt3_t structure. We weren't. This turns out only
to really matter for big endian machines.
Approved by: re (ken)
MFC after: 3 days
around an output freezing problem (see the CVS log for details). This
is the same approach that sio takes to solve that problem. However,
ucom has a problem that sio doesn't have.
Consider the case where output is pending, and the device is closed.
ttyclose calls tt_close (which indirects to ucomclose) and then calls
ttyflush which calls tt_stop (which indirects to ucomstop). Since
ucomclose removed all the usb transfer points, sc_oxfer will be NULL
when ucomstop calls ucomstart. This results in a null pointer
dereference.
Since calling ucomstart in ucomstart solves other problems, we need to
work with this calling sequence. The easiest way to do that is to
bail early if sc_oxfer is NULL.
Kazuaki ODA-san came up with this patch, and filed a PR. I had seen
this bug at work and this patch does seem to solve it. He had no idea
why it worked, but knew that either this patch, or backing out ucom.c
1.56 fixed his panic. I just did the legwork of chasing down the code
paths that would cause this, and added a comment. This is obscure
enough to warrant a comment, I think.
Submitted by: Kazuaki ODA-san
PR: 113964
Approved by: re (bmah)
where a device timeout that occurs with a mgt frame on the tx q
will leave the net80211 layer w/o any way to make progress.
Reviewed by: thompsa, sephe
Approved by: re (hrs)
request queues rather than shove it down a word at a time, we have
to remember to put it into little endian format. Use the macros
ISP_IOXPUT_{16,32} for this purpose. Otherwise, on sparc the firmware
is loaded garbled and we get a (not surprisingly) firmware checksum
failure and the card won't start and we don't attach it.
Approved by: re (bruce)
MFC after: 3 days
Improvements:
* /etc/rc.suspend,rc.resume are always run, no matter the source of the
suspend request (user or kernel, apm or acpi)
* suspend now requires positive user acknowledgement. If a user program
wants to cancel the suspend, they can. If one of the user programs
hangs or doesn't respond within 10 seconds, the system suspends anyway.
* /dev/apm is clonable, allowing multiple listeners for suspend events.
In the future, xorg-server can use this to be informed about suspend
even if there are other listeners (i.e. apmd).
Changes:
* Two new ACPI ioctls: REQSLPSTATE and ACKSLPSTATE. Request begins the
process of suspending by notifying all listeners. acpi is monitored by
devd(8) and /dev/apm listener(s) are also counted. Users register their
approval or disapproval via Ack. If anyone disapproves, suspend is vetoed.
* Old user programs or kernel modules that used SETSLPSTATE continue to
work. A message is printed once that this interface is deprecated.
* acpiconf gains the -k flag to ack the suspend request. This flag is
undocumented on purpose since it's only used by /etc/rc.suspend. It is
not intended to be a permanent change and will be removed once a better
power API is implemented.
* S5 (power off) is no longer supported via acpiconf -s 5 or apm -z/-Z.
This restores previous behavior of halt/shutdown -p being the interface.
* Miscellaneous improvements to error reporting
Approved by: re
o Consistently use device_foo_t and bus_foo_t for functions implementing
device_foo and bus_foo respectively. Adjust those routines that were wrong
(we should do this throughout the tree).
o make all the modules depend on usb. Otherwise these modules won't
load.
o ucycom doesn't need usb_port.h
o Minor unifdefing
o uhub, umass, ums, urio, uscanner conversion complete.
o ukbd: Remove the NO_SET_PROTO quirk (fixes a PR 77940). NetBSD removed
their check and setting the proto a long time ago.
o umodem panic fixed. UQ_ASSUME_CM_OVER_DATA quirk removed because I've never
seen a umodem that needed this rejection for proection (this gets rid of
~20% of the quirks).
Approved by: re@ (kensmith)
PR: 77940
Older drivers that do not wish to convert to the native API (which
will work with both 6.x and 7.x) can simply include
<dev/usb/usb_port.h>. Drivers in the tree shouldn't these macros,
unless they actually work on other OSes and are actively maintained.
Approved by: re@
mouse pointer instead of a 8 x 16 one so device drivers don't
need to bring there own one there and in gfb_mouse() (ab)use
the pixel_mask argument of putm() to pass along on/off info as
erasing the mouse cursor image by redrawing the text underneath
doesn't work as we use hardware cursors on sparc64.
Remove device_t dv, since it is no longer needed.
Add sizeof(device_t) to replace sizeof dv.
Change device_detach(dev) to device_detach(dev->subdevs[i]) since the type
of dev isn't right! Not sure when this was introduced, but it likely would
lead to a crash on disconnect.
MFC After: 1 week
now takes a device_t to be the parent of the bus that is being created.
Most SIMs have been updated with a reasonable argument, but a few exceptions
just pass NULL for now. This argument isn't used yet and the newbus
integration likely won't be ready until after 7.0-RELEASE.
can be allocated atomically
- add debug macros for printing lock initialization / teardown
- add buffers to port_info and adapter to allow each lock to have a
unique name
- destroy mutexes initialized by cxgb_offload_init
- remove recursive calls to ADAPTER_LOCK
- move callout_drain calls so that they don't occur with the lock held
- ensure that only as many qsets as are needed are initialized and
destroyed
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Chelsio Inc.
of the register rather than in the offset describing the register.
- In gem_reset_rx() let gem_bitwait() check for the Rx reset bit
rather than the Tx reset bit to clear.
Obtained from: OpenBSD (same/similar bugs being fixed)
moving OF_set_mmfsa_traptable() (SUNW,set-trap-table with the two
arguments used here is specific to sun4v) to MD code.
- In sys/dev/ofw/openfirm.h remove prototypes for unimplemented
functions and unused Solaris compatibility macros.
to be compiled into every driver making use of it. Use a const instance
of struct gfb_font for this as the font isn't intended to be changed at
run-time and in order to accompany the font data with height and width
info.
data and remove the array size from the definition as f.e. the gallant
12 x 22 font data is 256 * 44 in size, exceeding the previously hard-
coded size.
- Declare the bold8x16 instance of struct gfb_font as const as it's not
intended to be changed at run-time as a whole either.
- Use __FBSDID in xboxfb.c
Tested by: rink
eradication in/from userland path, countless locking fixes, etc.
- General sleep call through msleep(9) has been converted to condvar(9)
with better consistencies.
- Heavily guard every possible "slow path" entries (open(), close(),
few ioctl()s, sysctls), but once it entering "fast path" (io, interrupt
started), they are free to fly on their own.
- Rearrange locking sequences, resulting better concurrency and
serialization. Large part doesn't even need locking at all, and will be
removed in future. Less clutter, except in few places due to lock
ordering.
- Anonymous mixer object creation/deletion to simplify mixer handling
beyond typical mixer ioctls.
Submitted by: chibis (with modifications)
- Add few mix_[get|set|..] functions to avoid calling mixer_ioctl()
directly using cryptic arguments.
- Locking fixes to avoid possible deadlock with (still under Giant) USB.
- Better simplex/duplex device handling.
- Recover mmap() functionality for recording, which has been lost
since 2.2.x - 3.x (the introduction of newpcm). Full-duplex mmap still
doesn't work (due to VM/page design), but people still can mmap
both by opening each direction separately. mmaped playback is guarantee
to work either way.
- New sysctl: "hw.snd.compat_linux_mmap" to allow PROT_EXEC page
mapping, due to recent changes in linux compatibility layer which
require it. All linux applications that using sound + mmap() (mostly games)
require this to be enabled. Disabled by default.
- Other goodies.. too many, that will increase releng7 shareholder value
and make users of releng6 (and below) cry ;)
* This commit should be atomic. If anything goes wrong (not counting problem
originated from elsewhere), I will not hesitate to revert everything back
within 12 hours. This substantial changes itself not a rocket science
and the process has begun for almost 2 years, and lots of incremental
changes are already in place during that period of time.
* Some issues does occur in snd_emu10kx (note the 'x') due to various
internal locking issues and it is currently being worked on by chibis.
Tested by: chibis (Yuriy Tsibizov), joel, Alexandre Vieira,
many innocent souls...
Without bus_dma clean up and increment of number of Tx descriptors
it's hard to guarantee correct Tx operation in TSO case. The TSO
support would be enabled again when I get more feeback from re(4)
patch posted to current.
- Remove unnecessary timestamps.
- Return CAM_RESRC_UNAVAIL for ORB shortage.
- Fix a lock problem when doorbell is used.
- Fix a potential bug for unordered execution.
Also, remove usb_malloc_type: it was unused.
Remove METHODS_NONE: it was unused.
Move include of opt_usb.h from usb_port.h to usb.h, since usb_port.h is
going away (there will be a usb_compat.h for out-of-tree drivers that want it).
than the 5288.
It is not correctly implemented in earlier silicon, and the BIOS often
lies about AHCI capability on platforms where these chips are deployed.
With this change I am able to boot FreeBSD on the ASUS Vintage AH-1
barebones system.
Approved by: sos
- update to firmware version 4.1.0
- switch over to standard method for initializing cdevs (contributed by scottl@)
- break out timer_reclaim_task to be per-port
- move msix teardown into separate function
- fix bus_setup_intr for msi-x for the multi-port case so that msi-x resources
are not corrupted on unload
- handle 10/100/1000 base-T media and auto negotiation
- bind qset to cpu even for singleq case
- white space cleanups
- remove recursive PORT_LOCK
- move mtu setting to separate function
- stop and re-init port when changing mtu
- replace all direct references to m_data with calls to mtod
- handle attach failure better by not trying to de-initialize
taskqueues when they have not been allocated
- no longer default to jumbo frames
Sponsored by: Chelsio
MFC after: 3 days
MCLBYTES for the segment size but it used too many Tx descriptors in
TSO case.
While I'm here adjust maximum size of the sum of all segment lengths
in a given DMA mapping to 65535, the maximum size, in bytes, of a IP
packet.
o s/printf/device_printf/g
o Nuke OpenBSDism.
o Nuke NetBSD/OpenBSD specific DMA sync operations.(we don't have a way
to sync a single descriptor within a DMA map.)
o Remove recursive mutex.
o bus_dma(9) clean up.
o 40bit DMA address support.
o Add protection for Rx map load failure.
o Fix a long standing bug for watchdog timeout. [1]
o Add additional protections, missing Tx completion interrupt, losing
start Tx command, for watchdog timeout.
o Switch to taskqueue(9) API to handle interrupts.
o Use our own timer for watchdog instead of if_watchdog/if_timer
interface.
o Advertise VLAN header length/capability correctly to upper layer.
o Remove excessive kernel stack consumption in nfe_encap().
o Handle highly fragmented mbuf chains correctly.
o Enable etherenet address reprogramming with ifconfig(8).
o Add ALTQ/TSO, MSI/MSIX support.
o Increased Rx ring to 256 descriptors from 128.
o Align Tx/Rx descriptor ring on sizeof(struct nfe_desc64) boundary.
o Remove alignment restrictions on Tx/Rx buffers.
o Rewritten jumbo frame support code.
o Add support for hardware assistend VLAN tag insertion/stripping.
o Add support for Tx/Rx flow control based on patches from Peer Chen. [2]
o Add a routine that detects whether ethernet address swap routines is
required. [3]
o Add a workaround that take MAC/PHY out of power down mode.
o Add suspend/resume support.
o style(9) and code clean up.
Special thanks to Shigeaki Tagashira, the original porter of nfe(4),
who submitted lots of patches, performed uncountable number of
regression tests and maintained nfe(4) for a long time. Without his
enthusiastic help and support I could never have completed this
overhauling task.
The only weak point of nfe(4) compared to nve(4) is instability of
manual half-duplex media selection on certain hardwares(auto sensing
media type should work for all cases, though). This was a long
standing bug of nfe(4) and I still have no idea why it doesn't work
on some hardwares.
Obtained from: OpenBSD [1]
Submitted by: Peer Chen < pchen at nvidia dot com > [2], [3]
Reviewed by: Shigeaki Tagashira < shigeaki AT se DOT hiroshima-u DOT ac DOT jp >
Tested by: Shigeaki Tagashira, current
Discussed with: current
Silence from: obrien
- Allow LRO to be enabled / disabled at runtime
- Fix a double-free at module unload time.
- Only update timestamp in lro merge when it is present in the frame
Sponsored by: Myricom
- Use a seperate taskqueue+thread for reset tasks since iwi_ops will
block.
- Return from iwi_ops if the interface has been downed
- The firmware will fail if we are already associated
- Add myself to the copyright
o major overhaul of the way channels are handled: channels are now
fully enumerated and uniquely identify the operating characteristics;
these changes are visible to user applications which require changes
o make scanning support independent of the state machine to enable
background scanning and roaming
o move scanning support into loadable modules based on the operating
mode to enable different policies and reduce the memory footprint
on systems w/ constrained resources
o add background scanning in station mode (no support for adhoc/ibss
mode yet)
o significantly speedup sta mode scanning with a variety of techniques
o add roaming support when background scanning is supported; for now
we use a simple algorithm to trigger a roam: we threshold the rssi
and tx rate, if either drops too low we try to roam to a new ap
o add tx fragmentation support
o add first cut at 802.11n support: this code works with forthcoming
drivers but is incomplete; it's included now to establish a baseline
for other drivers to be developed and for user applications
o adjust max_linkhdr et. al. to reflect 802.11 requirements; this eliminates
prepending mbufs for traffic generated locally
o add support for Atheros protocol extensions; mainly the fast frames
encapsulation (note this can be used with any card that can tx+rx
large frames correctly)
o add sta support for ap's that beacon both WPA1+2 support
o change all data types from bsd-style to posix-style
o propagate noise floor data from drivers to net80211 and on to user apps
o correct various issues in the sta mode state machine related to handling
authentication and association failures
o enable the addition of sta mode power save support for drivers that need
net80211 support (not in this commit)
o remove old WI compatibility ioctls (wicontrol is officially dead)
o change the data structures returned for get sta info and get scan
results so future additions will not break user apps
o fixed tx rate is now maintained internally as an ieee rate and not an
index into the rate set; this needs to be extended to deal with
multi-mode operation
o add extended channel specifications to radiotap to enable 11n sniffing
Drivers:
o ath: add support for bg scanning, tx fragmentation, fast frames,
dynamic turbo (lightly tested), 11n (sniffing only and needs
new hal)
o awi: compile tested only
o ndis: lightly tested
o ipw: lightly tested
o iwi: add support for bg scanning (well tested but may have some
rough edges)
o ral, ural, rum: add suppoort for bg scanning, calibrate rssi data
o wi: lightly tested
This work is based on contributions by Atheros, kmacy, sephe, thompsa,
mlaier, kevlo, and others. Much of the scanning work was supported by
Atheros. The 11n work was supported by Marvell.
MCLBYTES for the segment size but it used too many Tx descriptors in
TSO case.
While I'm here adjust maximum size of the sum of all segment lengths
in a given DMA mapping to 65535, the maximum size, in bytes, of a IP
packet.
- Add codec id for AD1988B, along with fixing its line-in and other
issues (with proper quirks). [2]
Submitted by: [1] barbara.xxx1975@libero.it
[2] Oliver Brandmueller ob@e-Gitt.NET
MFC after: 3 days
error doing so. It seems an increasing number of phones have this
quirk, and we're not keeping up. There appears to be nothing bad that
happens for non-quirked phones.
Minor cleanups:
o prefer device_printf over printf
o kill devinfo stuff
o minor other preening.
need to do it at all anymore. Remove it from here. Expand
USB_ATTACH_SETUP inline now that it is one line and we're moving away
from the compat macros. Remove some bzero calls that turn out not be
be necessary.
what we print, don't print it anymore. And don't compute it anymore.
And don't malloc/free memory for it anymore. While I'm here, prefer
device_printf where appropriate.
A change to dconschat(8) will follow so that it can bomb
this address over FireWire to reset a wedged system.
Though this method is just a hack and far from perfection,
it should be useful if you don't want to go machine room
just to reset or to power-cycle a machine without
remote-managed power supply. And much better than doing:
# fwcontrol -m target-eui64
# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/fwmem0.2 bs=1m
Now, it's safe to call the fwohci interrupt(polling) routine while ddb/gdb
is active. After this change, a dcons connnection over FireWire can survive
bus resets even in kernel debugger.
This means that it is not too late to plug a FireWire cable after a panic
to investigate the problem.
Actually there is a small window(between a jump to kernel from loader and
initialization of dcons_crom) in which no one can take care of a bus reset.
Except that window, firewire console should keep working
from loader to reboot even with a panic and a bus reset.
(as far as you enable LOADER_FIREWIRE_SUPPORT)
This is enabled by default. It should be disabled for
those who are uneasy with peeking/poking from FireWire.
Please note sbp(4) and dcons(4) over FireWire need
this feature.
- Moved BCM5706S/5708S SerDes support to brgphy (since they are not technically
TBI interfaces)
- Added 2.5G support for BCM5708S
Comments:
Since this driver is shared with bge I tested several available controllers
supported by bge and all worked as expected, however the list was not
exhaustive. Need wider testing.
MFC after: 4 weeks
In Rx path it allocates a new mbuf with m_getcl(9) so the length of
the mbuf is MCLBYTES which is greater than a segment size specified by
the dma tag. This segment size mismatch caused a voluntary panic.
Fix the panic by settting the mbuf length to TULIP_DATA_PER_DESC.
Reported by: Arne H Juul <arnej AT yahoo-inc DOT com>
Tested by: Arne H Juul <arnej AT yahoo-inc DOT com>
- lock its own locks and drop Giant.
- create its own taskqueue thread.
- split interrupt routine
- use interrupt filter as a fast interrupt.
- run watchdog timer in taskqueue so that it should be
serialized with the bottom half.
- add extra sanity check for transaction labels.
disable ad-hoc workaround for unknown tlabels.
- add sleep/wakeup synchronization primitives
- don't reset OHCI in fwohci_stop()
seems not enough to verify its consistencies.
- Define AC97_MIXER_SIZE as SOUND_MIXER_NRDEVICES (25), since we
don't need more than that. Stop doing wild and random guess about
its size since we're stricly bound to it.
application specific SEND_OP_COND (CMD55 + ACMD41), go ahead and allow
100 tries. This gives a timeout of a second rather than the ~100ms
the old style produces.
I've had one old 16MB SD card which needs the extra time. I've now
had reports from the field that other cards need this too.
Originally done at BSDcan 2007 while waiting to give my embedding
madness minitalk.
- Use thread_lock() rather than sched_lock for per-thread scheduling
sychronization.
- Use the per-process spinlock rather than the sched_lock for per-process
scheduling synchronization.
Tested by: kris, current@
Tested on: i386, amd64, ULE, 4BSD, libthr, libkse, PREEMPTION, etc.
Discussed with: kris, attilio, kmacy, jhb, julian, bde (small parts each)
sysctl_handle_int is not sizeof the int type you want to export.
The type must always be an int or an unsigned int.
Remove the instances where a sizeof(variable) is passed to stop
people accidently cut and pasting these examples.
In a few places this was sysctl_handle_int was being used on 64 bit
types, which would truncate the value to be exported. In these
cases use sysctl_handle_quad to export them and change the format
to Q so that sysctl(1) can still print them.
- In the ioctl path let command get queued up and return
when complete _without_ blocking the driving waiting for
the response. This way the driver doesn't "lock up" for
~30s during a flash command. Submitted by scottl.
- Add a guard so that if a DCMD of 0 is sent down the ioctl
path don't send it to the controller. Return with a
status of OK. This is a little strange since MegaCli
doesn't seem to like something and will issue some DCMD
of 0. This doesn't happen under Linux. So the emulation
needs to be improved but I'm not sure what. Another strange
thing is that when a DCMD of 0 gets issued under i386 the
controller returns OK but in amd64 the context is messed
up.
- Add a guard so the context has to be with-in the legal
limit so we get a reasonable error assertion versus random
panic.
It's going to be a challenge to figure out why MegaCli is not totally
happy and then sends some bogus commands. This means that flashing
firmware via the Linux tool won't work since it generates a DCMD of
0 when it should be opening the firmware for a flash update. Without
this problem flashing works fine. This means there is no publicly
available tool to upgrade the RAID firmware under FreeBSD right now.
I plan to MFC all of the mfi changes to 6.X shortly. This might not
include the SCSI pass-through changes.
Submitted by: scottl
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 3 days
playtone() so that it uses times of 1/100ths of a second.
Now 'time echo T60ABC >/dev/speaker' takes ~3 seconds.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Problem noted by: dwmalone
GEMs is unable to discriminate UDP from TCP packets such that
it can generate 0x0000 checksum value for the UDP datagram. So the
UDP checksum offload was disabled by default. You can enable it
by setting link0 flag with ifconfig(8).
o bus_dma(9) clean up. It now correctly set number of required DMA
segments/size and removed incorrect use of BUS_DMA_ALLOCNOW flag
in static allocations done via bus_dmamem_alloc(9).
o Implemented ALTQ(9) support.
o Implemented Tx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) which can remove
several book keeping chores orginated from call-back mechanism.
Therefore gem_txdma_callback() was removed and its functionality
was reimplemented in gem_load_txmbuf().
o Don't set GEM_TD_START_OF_PACKET flag until all remaining mbuf
chains are set. I think it was a long standing bug and it caused
fluctuating interrupts/CPU usage patterns while netperf test
is in progress. Previously it seems that we race with the device.
Because I don't have a documentation for GEM I'm not sure this is
correct but almost all other documentations I have stated this
implications on setting SOP mark in descriptor ring(e.g. hme(4)).
o Borrowed gem_defrag() from ath(4) which is supposed to be much
faster than m_defrag(9) since it's not need to defrag all
mbuf chains.
o gem_load_txmbuf() was changed to allow passed mbuf chains to free.
Caller of gem_load_txmbuf() correctly handles freed mbuf chains.
o In gem_start_locked(), added checks for availability of Tx
descriptors before trying to load DMA maps which could save CPU
cycles when number of available descriptors are low. Also, simplyfy
IFF_DRV_OACTIVE detection logic.
o Removed hard-coded function names in CTR macros and replaced it
with __func__.
o Moved statistics counter register access to gem_tick() to reduce
number of PCI bus accesses. There is no reason to update statistics
counters in interrupt handler.
o Removed unnecessary call of gem_start_locked() in gem_ioctl().
Reviewed by: grehan (initial version), marius (with improvements and suggestions)
Tested by: grehan (ppc), marius(sparc64)
own entry in the softc. This should allow more of cbb_pci_intr() to
migrate to a new cbb_pci_filt() so that we don't have to run cbb's ISR
in almost every case we get an interrupt. We can't just move
cbb_pci_intr into cbb_pci_filt because it does things that aren't safe
to do from a fast interrupt handler, err I mean from a filter. This is
an important first step.
# I wonder if I need to make cardok volatile or not.
mpt.h:
Add support for reading extended configuration pages.
mpt_cam.c:
Do a top level topology scan on the SAS controller. If any SATA
device are discovered in this scan, send a passthrough FIS to set
the write cache. This is controllable through the following
tunable at boot:
hw.mpt.enable_sata_wc:
-1 = Do not configure, use the controller default
0 = Disable the write cache
1 = Enable the write cache
The default is -1. This tunable is just a hack and may be
deprecated in the future.
Turning on the write cache alleviates the write performance problems with
SATA that many people have observed. It is not recommend for those who
value data reliability! I cannot stress this strongly enough. However,
it is useful in certain circumstances, and it brings the performence in line
with what a generic SATA controller running under the FreeBSD ATA driver
provides (and the ATA driver has had the WC enabled by default for years).
Things can get ugly without it due to uninitialized class. RELENG_6 need
a simmilar, but different treatment as well.
err.. perhaps we should teach devclass_get_maxunit() to return -1 ?
MFC after: 1 day
o If we don't have a filter, also check to make sure the card is there before
calling the scheduled ISR. This is necessary to help old drivers whose
ISRs can't cope with being called with the hardware missing, which sadly
still exist in the tree. This is the main reason why we have an extra
layer of indirection for cardbus interrupts.
o If the card is no longer present, mark the interrupt as 'handled' rather
than 'stray' because this accounts for why the interrupt happened. Stray
isn't all bad, since there are other filters that would claim it...
o Fix some comments
+ Add comment about why we check for CARD_OK and touch the hardware in both
the filter and ISR.
+ add a note about why we don't care about Giant
+ also note that giant can't be taken out in a filter...
+ Some minor formatting nits on very long comments.
While in the suspend path, this means the idle thread will just return
immediately rather than trying to enter C1-n. This helps in the case where
the chipset is powered down before the rest of the system and reads from
the cpu sleep registers begin returning immediately, causing the logic that
catches bad C2/C3 behavior to kick in. Observed on my Panasonic Y4.
MFC after: 3 days
(j/i) was being used and it was being incremented, not decremented as before.
Factor out this code into a common function and call it from both the common
and per-CPU case.
MFC after: 1 day
The global lock is a memory region shared with the BIOS and thus
has some strange behavior like the fact that the sleep is 1 ms max.
We use standard mutexes to synchronize with the SCI so acquiring
the global lock after locking the mutex resulted in a witness
warning.
To deal with this for now, acquire the global lock before all other
locks, similar to Giant. This should fix the witness "sleeping
with mutex held" issue on boot that occurred after the last ACPI-CA
import. In the future, we hope to move to the new mutex interface
in ACPI-CA instead of the pseudo-semaphore version we have now.
Reviewed by: jkim
this change both simplifies the code and plugs a hole where the devise
was reset without keeping the management controller at bay :) Second,
the 82571 LAA reset problem was incomplete, this addition is necessary.
Just one of those days :)
- Rework the entire pcm_channel structure:
* Remove rarely used link placeholder, instead, make each pcm_channel
as head/link of each own/each other. Unlock - Lock sequence due to
sleep malloc has been reduced.
* Implement "busy" queue which will contain list of busy/active
channels. This greatly reduce locking contention for example while
servicing interrupt for hardware with many channels or when virtual
channels reach its 256 peak channels.
- So I heard you like v chan ... O RLY?
Welcome to Virtual **Record** Channels (vrec, rec vchans, vchans for
recording, Rec-Chan, you decide), the ultimate solutions for your
nagging O_RDWR full-duplex wannabe (note: flash plugins) monopolizing
single record channel causing EBUSY. Vrec works exactly like Vchans
(or, should I rename it to "Vplay" :) , except that it operates on the
opposite direction (recording). Up to 256 vrecs (like vchans) are
possible.
Notes:
* Relocate dev.pcm.%d.{vchans,vchanformat,vchanrate} to each of its
respective node/direction:
dev.pcm.%d.play.* for "play" (cdev = dsp%d.vp%d)
dev.pcm.%d.rec.* for "record" (cdev = dsp%d.vr%d)
* Don't expect that it will magically give you ability to split
"recording source" (eg: 1 channel for cdrom, 1 channel for mic,
etc). Just admit that you only have a *single* recording source /
channel. Please bug your hardware vendor instead :)
- Bump maxautovchans from 4 to 16. For a full-fledged multimedia
desktop/workstation with too many soundservers installed (esound,
artsd, jackd, pulse/polypaudio, ding-dong pling plong mudkip fuh fuh,
etc), 4 seems inadequate. There will be no memory penalty here, since
virtual channels are allocate only by demand.
- Nuke/Rework the entire statically created cdev entries. Everything is
clonable through snd own clone manager which designed to withstand many
kind of abusive devfs droids such as:
* while : ; do /bin/test -e /dev/dsp ; done
* jot 16777216 0 | while read x ; do ls /dev/dsp0.$x ; done
* hundreds (could be thousands) concurrent threads/process opening
"/dev/dsp" (previously, this might result EBUSY even with just
3 contesting threads/procs).
o Reusable clone objects (instead of creating new one like there's no
tomorrow) after certain expiration deadline. The clone allocator will
decide whether to reuse, share, or creating new clone.
o Automatic garbage collector.
- Dynamic unit magic allocator. Maximum attached soundcards can be tuned
using tunable "hw.snd.maxunit" (Default to 512). Minimum is 16, and
maximum is 2048.
- ..other fixes, mostly related to concurrency issues.
joel@ will do the manpage updates on sound(4).
Have fun.
Change the VOP_OPEN(), vn_open() vnode operation and d_fdopen() cdev operation
argument from being file descriptor index into the pointer to struct file.
Proposed and reviewed by: jhb
Reviewed by: daichi (unionfs)
Approved by: re (kensmith)
- Coverity Prevent(tm) CID 1906 a bogus use of bzero where unneeded.
- ICH8 systems autoneg to 100 rather than 1000, this can also be
seen in 82573, the logic was backwards.
- On new 82575 quadports half duplex tx speed is slow... this was due
to overwriting TCTL reg rather than adding bits.
OpenBSD's if_ral.c.
I didn't make the LINKSYS4 -> CISCOLINKSYS name change, nor did I
include the RALINK RT2573 that's supported by the rum(4) driver. I
didn't merge any code changes either.
race seen on smp laptops when suspending where the rx task can be
entered after the interface is detach'd.
NB: use of taskqueue_drain while holding the softc mutex is problematic
Submitted by: ambrisko
MFC after: 1 month
by the subsequent mix_setdevs() and friends.
- Minor style(9) declaration arrangement nit.
Requested by: joeld
Submitted by: pluknet <pluknet@gmail.com>
- Double the number of descriptors that a single call to send can use
- Quadruple the number of descriptors that can be reclaimed per pass
- only run reclaim twice per second
- increase coalesce timer from 3.5us to 5us
fix printf warning on 64-bit platforms
Neither me nor Ariff have access to any of this hardware, so all tests
have been made by Konstantin and Artem. Commit message mostly written
by Konstantin.
envy24:
- Add test code to support rear line-in input on 'Terratec DMX 6fire'
audio card. This code is also intended to be used in the future for
support of cards, that have I2C-to-GPIO expanders wired between the
control line of the audio codec and the Envy24, however such cards
are too complex and i can't add that support without hardware sample
of such board, i've already tried and failed.
envy24ht:
- Add support for 'AudioTrak Prodigy HD2'.
- Add support for 'AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1 XT'.
- Add support for 'ESI Juli@' (Works ok, DAC volume is hard-coded for
the time being, so 'mixer vol ...' doesn't work, only 'mixer pcm
...' works). [1]
- Fix bug in the init data for M-Audio Revolution 5.1, that
results in distorted sound.
- Add software volume control (now 'mixer pcm' works, thanks to Ariff).
- Add support for more samples rates - 176.4kHz and 192kHz.
- Fix problem with the 192kHz samples rate playback when 24.576MHz
crystal is used on the board instead of 49.152MHz crystal.
spicds:
- Add support for Asahi Kasei flagship DAC - AK4396 (used in AudioTrak
Prodigy HD2).
Submitted by: Konstantin Dimitrov <kosio.dimitrov@gmail.com>
Tested by: Artem Antonov [1]
Reviewed by: ariff
the card, panic explicitly if EN_DEBUG is enabled. In the (default)
case of !EN_DEBUG, the driver resets the card. Probably this case
shouldn't exist at all.
SD Simplified specification, as well as other SD and SDIO
implemenations I've examined, suggest this disclaimer may be required.
It is unclear to me exactly what the license would be for, or why it
might be required. Err on the side of caution and include this
disclaimer so anybody deploying this code can judge for themselves. I
have no further unformation about the details.
clusters. This helps quite a bit on my low end machines (improves
performance by about 300Kpps when being blasted by a hardware
packet generator).
- Include one extended f/w counter forgotten in earlier commit
Sponsored by: Myricom Inc.
- upgrade to reflect state of 1.0.0.86
- move from firmware rev 3.2 to 4.0.0
- import driver bits for offload functionality
- remove binary distribution clause from top level files as it
runs counter to the intent of purely supporting the hardware
MFC after: 3 days
back in a simulated resume instead of entering the requested suspend state.
This helps in testing drivers separately from the acpi suspend code. To
test your drivers, set debug.acpi.suspend_bounce=1 and then run
acpiconf -s3 (or 4).
MFC after: 1 day
device's, not the bridge's, softc to be used to check the
PCIB_DISABLE_MSI flag. This resulted in randomly allowing
or denying MSI interrupts based on whatever value the driver
happened to store at sizeof(device_t) bytes into its softc.
I noticed this when I stopped getting MSI interrupts
after slighly re-arranging mxge's softc yesterday.
- Remove code to use the special wc_fifo. It has been disabled by default
in our other drivers as it actually slows down transmit by a small amount
- Dynamically determine the amount of space required for the rx_done
ring rather than hardcoding it.
- Compute the number of tx descriptors we are willing to transmit per
frame as the minimum of 128 or 1/4 the tx ring size.
- Fix a typo in the tx dma tag setup which could lead to unnecessary
defragging of TSO packets (and potentially even dropping TSO packets
due to EFBIG being returned).
- Add a counter to keep track of how many times we've needed to
defragment a frame. It should always be zero.
- Export new extended f/w counters via sysctl
Sponsored by: Myricom, Inc.
- Update to the latest (1.4.18) f/w. This f/w introduces a new
receive mode which allows us to use FreeBSD's physically discontinuous
MJUM9BYTES clusters.
- Switch the driver from chaining MJUMPAGESIZE clusters to using
MJUM9BYTES clusters to avoid mbuf chaining overheads. Due to this
change, people running obsolete f/w images will be limited to an MTU of
PAGE_SIZE - 16.
- Add (disabled by default) support for Large Receive Offload.
Sponsored by: Myricom, Inc.
adapter list still capable, but only PCI-E adapters are now enabled.
The user can enable older PCI-X or PCI adapters using ifconfig.
Secondly, Arthur Hartwig pointed out my MSI change was not working
correctly, changed to something that now does. Thanks Arthur.
There was also a fundamental bug in the 82575 MSIX code, the MSIX
registers had to be mapped, opps :)
Rubber-stamped by: Pdeuskar
the power_nodriver tunable is off. pci_cfg_save() already checks the
tunable internally, and no other callers of pci_cfg_save() check the
tunable.
Reviewed by: imp
- Updated firmware to latest release (v3.4.8) to fix TSO + jumbo frame lockup
- Added MSI (hw.bce.msi_enable) and TSO (hw.bce.tso_enable) sysctls
- Fixed kernel panic when MSI is used and module is unloaded
- Added several new debug routines
- Removed slack space for RX/TX chains since it only covers sloppy coding
- Fixed a potential problem when programming jumbo MTU size in hardware
- Various other comment changes
MFC after: 4 weeks
because on at least my dc based cards there's garbage in there. The
recent changes in the resource code appears to have unmasked this
problem... At least dc now probes/attaches better than it did before.
Also, we no longer need to write to the cfg for the other registers.
legacy codepath match the 82575, without this we were seeing bridging
fail on 82546 adapters. Secondly, I have limited TSO to PCI Express
adapters, I meant to do this and it got dropped in the earlier delta.
Next, I am dropping in the latest shared code from our development
team, consensus was that this should be done frequently, so I am :)
Approved by: pdeuskar
This patch does the following:
- Remove un-necessary code that is not even compiling into the driver
under TW_OSL_NON_DMA_MEM_ALLOC_PER_REQUEST defines.
- Remove bundled firmware image and associated "files" entry for tw_cl_fwimg.c
- Remove bundled firmware flashing routines. We now have tw_update userspace
FreeBSD controller flash utility.
- Fix driver crash on load due to shared interrupt.
- Fix 2 lock leaks for Giant lock.
- Fix CCB leak.
- Add support for 9650SE controllers.
Many thanks to 3Ware/AMCC for continuing to support FreeBSD.
time workaround for problems with 82571 adapters and LAAs, one port
getting reset can cause the other to have its RAR[0] also reset,
thus overwriting an LAA. This fix works around it by also keeping
the address in the last array member.
The other bug is specific to the new 575 adapter, its transmit code
logic in handling hwassists was too crude, it broken when doing
bridges. I am much happier with the new logic,we may want to change
the legacy path at some point to something similar.
Reviewed by: pdeuskar
Approved by: pdeuskar
- Update to latest (1.4.17) firmware.
- Use the new MXGEFW_CMD_UNALIGNED_TEST (added in firmare 1.4.16) to
have the firmware tell us if the PCIe chipset supports aligned PCIe
completions.
- Hard to maintain, and frequently out of date whitelist of PCIe
chipsets known to produce aligned completions removed, as it has been
replaced in its role of selecting the correct firmware to run by the
use of MXGEFW_CMD_UNALIGNED_TEST.
- Break the dma test out of mxge_reset() and into its own function
(mxge_dma_test()) so it can be used by both the normal DMA test, and
to run the unaligned test.
- Improved support for enabling ECRCs
Sponsored by: Myricom Inc.
Seems to work on RELENG_4 through -current and also on sparc64
now. There may still be some issues with the auto attach/detach
code to sort out.
MFC after: 3 days
- http://www.intel.com/design/chipsets/specupdt/245051.htm
AC97 Soft Audio and Soft Modem Master Abort Errata
Issue:
Use of either soft audio or soft modem on an Intel® 82443MX PCISet
based platform running a 100 MHz Processor System Bus and an AC97 codec
may result in failures. The system continues to function normally while
the AC97 hardware may not resume and may require a cold-boot to
recover. As a result of the failure, the Master Abort Status bit will
be set in the audio or modem function PCI header space.
Workaround:
Force uncacheable DMA on both BDL and pcm buffers.
Tested by: Emil Holmstr|m <emil@linux.se>
- Remove explicit call to pmap_change_attr(), since we now have proper
and functional definition of BUS_DMA_NOCACHE.
- Enable PCI(e) bus snooping for non i386/amd64 as an alternative for
uncacheable DMA.
- Codecs changes:
* Analag Device -> Analog Devices, AD1988.
* New codec: VIA VT1708 and VT1709, Realtek ALC262, ALC861-VD and
ALC885.
* Various fixups for Conexant Waikiki, fix recording (read: microphone)
on various Analog Devices codecs due to vendor BIOS mess, various
quirks for several ASUS laptops/boards.
- Fix connection list handling, closely following the specification to
handle range of nids.
- Basic Jack sense polling infrastructure for possible hardwares with
broken unsolicited response interrupt.
Ideas/Submitted/Tested by: Andriy Gapon <avg@icyb.net.ua>,
#freebsd-azalia, many.
Updated copyright date to 2007.
Tested with BCM5706 A3.
Added ID for BCM5708 B2.
Removed unused driver version string.
Modified BCE_PRINTF macro to automatically fill-in the sc pointer.
Fixed a kernel panic when the driver was loaded as a module from the
command-line because the MII bus pointer was null (i.e. the MII bus
hadn't been enumerated yet).
Added fix proposed by Vladimir Ivanov <wawa@yandex-team.ru> to prevent
driver state corruption when releasing the lock during the ISR in
bce_rx_intr() to send packets up the stack.
Added new TX chain and register read sysctl interfaces for debugging.
Cleaned up formatting for various other debug routines.
Added a new statistic maintained by firmware which tracks the number
of received packets dropped because no receive buffers are available.
correct network drivers with respect to busmaster DMA, go over it
with at duster to make other aspects of it a role model:
Eliminate the pci specific softc, it serves no rational purpose.
Use convenience resource allocation/deallocation functions to save
code and errorhandling.
Switch from bus_space_{read|write}_%u() to bus_{read|write}_%u()
functions and forget about tags and handles, the resource will know
about those, should they be needed. This also eliminates a number
of inconsistently named local variables.
in comments for .c and .h files respectively. Jack may want to clean up
style or other aspects once he's up and about again, but this gets the
kernel compiling.
shared code infrastructure that is family specific and
modular. There is also support for our latest gigabit
nic, the 82575 that is MSI/X and multiqueue capable.
The new shared code changes some interfaces to the core
code but testing at Intel has been going on for months,
it is fairly stable.
I have attempted to be careful in retaining any fixes that
CURRENT had and we did not, I apologize in advance if any
thing gets clobbered, I'm sure I'll hear about it :)
Approved by pdeuskar
- Simplify the amount of work that has be done for each architecture by
pushing more of the truly MI code down into the PCI bus driver.
- Don't bind MSI-X indicies to IRQs so that we can allow a driver to map
multiple MSI-X messages into a single IRQ when handling a message
shortage.
The changes include:
- Add a new pcib_if method: PCIB_MAP_MSI() which is called by the PCI bus
to calculate the address and data values for a given MSI/MSI-X IRQ.
The x86 nexus drivers map this into a call to a new 'msi_map()' function
in msi.c that does the mapping.
- Retire the pcib_if method PCIB_REMAP_MSIX() and remove the 'index'
parameter from PCIB_ALLOC_MSIX(). MD code no longer has any knowledge
of the MSI-X index for a given MSI-X IRQ.
- The PCI bus driver now stores more MSI-X state in a child's ivars.
Specifically, it now stores an array of IRQs (called "message vectors" in
the code) that have associated address and data values, and a small
virtual version of the MSI-X table that specifies the message vector
that a given MSI-X table entry uses. Sparse mappings are permitted in
the virtual table.
- The PCI bus driver now configures the MSI and MSI-X address/data
registers directly via custom bus_setup_intr() and bus_teardown_intr()
methods. pci_setup_intr() invokes PCIB_MAP_MSI() to determine the
address and data values for a given message as needed. The MD code
no longer has to call back down into the PCI bus code to set these
values from the nexus' bus_setup_intr() handler.
- The PCI bus code provides a callout (pci_remap_msi_irq()) that the MD
code can call to force the PCI bus to re-invoke PCIB_MAP_MSI() to get
new values of the address and data fields for a given IRQ. The x86
MSI code uses this when an MSI IRQ is moved to a different CPU, requiring
a new value of the 'address' field.
- The x86 MSI psuedo-driver loses a lot of code, and in fact the separate
MSI/MSI-X pseudo-PICs are collapsed down into a single MSI PIC driver
since the only remaining diff between the two is a substring in a
bootverbose printf.
- The PCI bus driver will now restore MSI-X state (including programming
entries in the MSI-X table) on device resume.
- The interface for pci_remap_msix() has changed. Instead of accepting
indices for the allocated vectors, it accepts a mini-virtual table
(with a new length parameter). This table is an array of u_ints, where
each value specifies which allocated message vector to use for the
corresponding MSI-X message. A vector of 0 forces a message to not
have an associated IRQ. The device may choose to only use some of the
IRQs assigned, in which case the unused IRQs must be at the "end" and
will be released back to the system. This allows a driver to use the
same remap table for different shortage values. For example, if a driver
wants 4 messages, it can use the same remap table (which only uses the
first two messages) for the cases when it only gets 2 or 3 messages and
in the latter case the PCI bus will release the 3rd IRQ back to the
system.
MFC after: 1 month
pointers. A structure is more readable and less error-prone. It
also avoids problems when a function pointer doesn't have the
same width as a void pointer.
sc->mii_anegticks according to whether the respective BGE chip
supports Fast Ethernet only or also Gigabit Ethernet.
- At least the BGE chips I've tested with wedge when isolating them
so document this as the reason for setting MIIF_NOISOLATE and
remove the unused (and partially even #ifdef'ed out) isolation
related code. Add code that panics if we encounter a non-zero MII
instance as generally there's no way a PHY requiring MIIF_NOISOLATE
can be handled gracefully in a multi-PHY configuration (it's ok for
the internal PHY of single-PHY-only-NIC to not support isolation
though).
- Additionally set MIIF_NOLOOP as loopback doesn't seem to work
either and remove the #ifdef'ed out code for adding respective
media. The MIIF_NOLOOP flag currently triggers nothing but
hopefully will be respected by mii_phy_setmedia() later on.
Reviewed by: jkim, yongari
MFC after: 1 month
Blade 2500, Fire V210 and probably some other sparc64 machines.
These chips are typically not fitted with an EEPROM which means
that we have to obtain the MAC address via OFW and that some chip
tests will just always fail.
These changes are based on the respective code found in OpenBSD
with some additional info obtained from OpenSolaris and some style
suggestions by jkim@. They also have the desired side-effect of
respecting the 'local-mac-address?' system configuration variable
for the affected BGEs.
- In bge_attach() factor out calling bge_release_resources() before
going to the fail label into the fail label as well as replace a
magic 6 with ETHER_ADDR_LEN.
Reviewed by: yongari (before style changes), jkim
- Wake up DMA engine after adding a new receive buffer.
- Skip buffers which have unknown state after error.
- More rigid error detection.
MFC after: 1 week
as some combinations of chipset, controller and target do not behave
correctly when DMA is enabled for other commands.
PR: kern/103602
MFC after: 2 weeks
were never freed, but the big ring was freed twice.
-Don't supply rx hw csums for frames which are padded beyond the
length specified in the ip header. If the padding is non-zero,
the hw csum will be incorrect for such frames.
Sponsored by: Myricom
This workaround the problem in Parallels/VMWare where the emulated drivers are
slower, especially with ATA_FLUSHCACHE. The problem appears much more
frequently with ZFS which use it a lot more.
Approved: sos, pjd
specific request and thus should first try to be allocated from the
sys_resource pool. This avoids using the sys_resource pool for wildcard
requests that have bounded ranges coming from cbb(4) and Host-PCI pcib(4)
drivers.
Tested by: Andrea Bittau <a.bittau of cs.ucl.ac.uk fame>
Sleuthing by: Andrea Bittau as well
that the MSI mapping window is fixed at 0xfee00000 and the capability
does not include two more dwords used to program the address. Supporting
this mostly results in quieting spurious warnings during boot about
non-default MSI mapping windows.
- HT 2.00b also added a new HT capability type, so support that in pciconf.
MFC after: 3 days
Tested by: jmg
It seems that valid pause frames(Tx flow control) cause GMAC to hang
such that it resulted in watchdog timeout. As a work around don't
flush Rx MAC FIFO if we've received pause frames.
Tested by: Harald Schmalzbauer (h DOT schmalzbauer AT omnisec DOT de)
Under certain circumtances, if TSO is active, Yukon II generates
corrupted IP packets. All corrupted IP packets I noticed were the the
last segmented packet in a TSO request. The corrupted packet resulted
in retransmission of the damaged packet which in turn decreased network
performance dramatically.
Unfortunately it seems that there is no way to workaround this bug
as TSO is completely handled in hardware. Disable TSO until we find a
working workaround or a new silicon revision that doesn't have this
hardware bug.
supports software encrypt/decrypt.
The nuked code itself is quite problematic, as pointed out by sam@ ---
wk->wk_keyix should be replaced by the loop count.
Tested with WEP/TKIP/CCMP/no-protection.
Approved by: sam@ (mentor)
Noticed by: Hans Petter Selasky <hselasky@c2i.net>
and new SCBs were allocated on demand later if needed. This has two
problems. First, allocating SCBs involves allocating contiguous memory,
and if memory is exhausted then the VM will try to page out to satisfy
the request, leading to recursion and deadlock. The second problem is
that it can cause lock order reversals due to parts of the VM still being
under Giant.
Fix the problem be allocating the full pool at driver attach, when it is
safe to do so.
and should only be applied on certain specific card / vendor, hence the
addition of ac97_getsubvendor().
- Fix low volume issue on several MSI laptops through ALC655 quirk.
Reported/Tested by: Christian Mueller
<raptor-freebsd-multimedia@xpls.de>
MFC after: 1 week
- For ural(4):
o Fix node leakage in ural_start(), if ural_tx_mgt() fails.
o Fix mbuf leakage in ural_tx_{mgt,data}(), if usbd_transfer() fails.
o In ural_tx_{mgt,data}(), set ural_tx_data.{m,ni} to NULL, if
usbd_transfer() fails, so they will not be freed again in ural_stop().
Approved by: sam (mentor)
Group mutexes used in hwpmc(4) into 3 "types" in the sense of
witness(4):
- leaf spin mutexes---only one of these should be held at a time,
so these mutexes are specified as belonging to a single witness
type "pmc-leaf".
- `struct pmc_owner' descriptors are protected by a spin mutex of
witness type "pmc-owner-proc". Since we call wakeup_one() while
holding these mutexes, the witness type of these mutexes needs
to dominate that of "sleepq chain" mutexes.
- logger threads use a sleep mutex, of type "pmc-sleep".
Submitted by: wkoszek (earlier patch)
Previously whenever PROMISC mode turned on/off link renegotiation
occurs and it could resulted in network unavailability for serveral
seconds.(Depending on switch STP settings it could last several tens
seconds.)
Reported by: Prokofiev S.P. < proks AT logos DOT uptel DOT net >
Tested by: Prokofiev S.P. < proks AT logos DOT uptel DOT net >
The 6105M and 6102 does not have the DWORD alignment problem, so
don't m_defrag() every packet in the transmit path for those.
More stringent usage of tx-descriptor ring and its flags.
Tested on 6102 and 6105M, other chips may also be able to run
without the m_defrag() but I have neither hardware nor docs to
find out.
Sponsored by: Soekris Engineering
use to synchornize and protect all data objects that are used for that
SIM. Drivers that are not yet MPSAFE register Giant and operate as
usual. RIght now, no drivers are MPSAFE, though a few will be changed
in the coming week as this work settles down.
The driver API has changed, so all CAM drivers will need to be recompiled.
The userland API has not changed, so tools like camcontrol do not need to
be recompiled.
implement robust version of m_collapse
add support for sf_buf
add fix for m_iovappend
add calls to m_sanity under INVARIANTS
fix m_freem_vec to correctly travese the mbuf iovec chain
Yukon II generated corrupted TCP checksum for short TCP packets
that's less than 60 bytes in size(e.g. window probe packet, pure ACK
packet etc). Padding the frame with zeros to make the frame minimum
ethernet frame size didn't work at all. Instead of dropping Tx
checksum offload support we calculate TCP checksum with S/W method
when we encounter short TCP frames.
Fortunately it seems that short UDP datagrams appear to be handled
correctly by Yukon II.
While I'm here simplify ethernet/VLAN header size calculation logic.
PR: 111384
anymore. Previously it tried to access interrupt register to disable
interrupts which could result in hang if the hardware was not
properly initialized by system BIOS/ACPI.
Tested by: Benjamin Hansmann (benjamin.hansmann AT rub dot de)
MFC after: 3 days
and flags with an sxlock. This leads to a significant and measurable
performance improvement as a result of access to shared locking for
frequent lookup operations, reduced general overhead, and reduced overhead
in the event of contention. All of these are imported for threaded
applications where simultaneous access to a shared file descriptor array
occurs frequently. Kris has reported 2x-4x transaction rate improvements
on 8-core MySQL benchmarks; smaller improvements can be expected for many
workloads as a result of reduced overhead.
- Generally eliminate the distinction between "fast" and regular
acquisisition of the filedesc lock; the plan is that they will now all
be fast. Change all locking instances to either shared or exclusive
locks.
- Correct a bug (pointed out by kib) in fdfree() where previously msleep()
was called without the mutex held; sx_sleep() is now always called with
the sxlock held exclusively.
- Universally hold the struct file lock over changes to struct file,
rather than the filedesc lock or no lock. Always update the f_ops
field last. A further memory barrier is required here in the future
(discussed with jhb).
- Improve locking and reference management in linux_at(), which fails to
properly acquire vnode references before using vnode pointers. Annotate
improper use of vn_fullpath(), which will be replaced at a future date.
In fcntl(), we conservatively acquire an exclusive lock, even though in
some cases a shared lock may be sufficient, which should be revisited.
The dropping of the filedesc lock in fdgrowtable() is no longer required
as the sxlock can be held over the sleep operation; we should consider
removing that (pointed out by attilio).
Tested by: kris
Discussed with: jhb, kris, attilio, jeff
Defer mbuf allocation and initialization until after data has already been
received in a cluster
This reduces cpu utilization somewhat, but it only improves the rx path.
Recent changes to TCP appear to make us rate limited by the TX path.
This is the first step in reducing mbuf management overhead for manipulating
clusters.
MFC after: 3 days
been defragged and had their headers in the same cluster as their
payload would be fed to the NIC in header-sized chunks, and would
likely exceed the number of available transmit descriptors.
- If a TSO frame exceeds the number of available transmit descriptors,
don't leak busdmma resources when freeing it.
Sponsored by: Myricom Inc.
in the putc() method. Likewise, in the getc() method, don't check for
received characters with an interval defined in terms of the baudrate.
In both cases it works equally well to implement a fixed delay. More
importantly, it avoids calculating a delay that's roughly 1/10th the
time it takes to send/receive a character. The calculation is costly
and happens for every character sent or received, affecting low-level
console or debug port performance significantly. Secondly, when the
RCLK is not available or unreliable, the delays could disrupt normal
operation.
The fixed delay is 1/10th the time it takes to send a character at
230400 bps.
it obtained through the uart_class structure. This allows us
to declare the uart_class structure as weak and as such allows
us to reference it even when it's not compiled-in.
It also allows is to get the uart_ops structure by name, which
makes it possible to implement the dt tag handling in uart_getenv().
The side-effect of all this is that we're using the uart_class
structure more consistently which means that we now also have
access to the size of the bus space block needed by the hardware
when we map the bus space, eliminating any hardcoding.
execution should help us avoiding potential deadlock and illegal locking
while sleeping in various mixer -> usb calls. To enable it, use
hint.uaudio.%d.async="1" or sysctl dev.uaudio.%d.async=1. Default is
disable, to remain compatible with old behaviour (with slight risk of
potential deadlock).
When the linux port changes were imported which split the
target command list to be separate from the initiator command
list and the handle format changed to encode a type in the handle
the implications to the function isp_handle_index (which only
the NetBSD/OpenBSD/FreeBSD ports use) were overlooked.
The fault is twofold: first, the index into the DMA maps
in isp_pci is wrong because a target command handle with
the type bit left in place caused a bad index (and panic)
into dma map. Secondly, the assumption of the array
of DMA maps in either PCS or SBUS attachment structures is
that there is a linear mapping between handle index and
DMA map index. This can no longer be true if there are
overlapping index spaces for initiator mode and target
mode commands.
These changes bandaid around the problem by forcing us
to not have simultaneous dual roles and doing the appropriate
masking to make sure things are indexed correctly. A longer
term fix is being devloped.
obtaining and releasing shared and exclusive locks. The algorithms for
manipulating the lock cookie are very similar to that rwlocks. This patch
also adds support for exclusive locks using the same algorithm as mutexes.
A new sx_init_flags() function has been added so that optional flags can be
specified to alter a given locks behavior. The flags include SX_DUPOK,
SX_NOWITNESS, SX_NOPROFILE, and SX_QUITE which are all identical in nature
to the similar flags for mutexes.
Adaptive spinning on select locks may be enabled by enabling the
ADAPTIVE_SX kernel option. Only locks initialized with the SX_ADAPTIVESPIN
flag via sx_init_flags() will adaptively spin.
The common cases for sx_slock(), sx_sunlock(), sx_xlock(), and sx_xunlock()
are now performed inline in non-debug kernels. As a result, <sys/sx.h> now
requires <sys/lock.h> to be included prior to <sys/sx.h>.
The new kernel option SX_NOINLINE can be used to disable the aforementioned
inlining in non-debug kernels.
The size of struct sx has changed, so the kernel ABI is probably greatly
disturbed.
MFC after: 1 month
Submitted by: attilio
Tested by: kris, pjd
that the driver clock is identical to the processor or bus clock.
This is the case for the PowerQUICC processor. When the clock is
high enough, overflows happen in the calculation of the time it
takes to send 1/10 of a character, used in delay loops. Fix the
overflows so as to fix bugs in the delay loops that can cause either
insufficient delays or excessive delays.
system devices (i.e. console, debug port or keyboard), don't stop
after the first match. Find them all and keep track of the last.
The reason for this change is that the low-level console is always
added to the list of system devices first, with other devices added
later. Since new devices are added to the list at the head, we have
the console always at the end. When a debug port is using the same
UART as the console, we would previously mark the "newbus" UART as
a debug port instead of as a console. This would later result in a
panic because no "newbus" device was associated with the console.
By matching all possible system devices we would mark the "newbus"
UART as a console and not as a debug port.
While it is arguably better to be able to mark a "newbus" UART as
both console and debug port, this fix is lightweight and allows
a single UART to be used as the console as well as a debug port
with only the aesthetic bug of not telling the user about it also
being a debug port.
Now that we match all possible system devices, update the rclk of
the system devices with the rclk that was obtained through the
bus attachment. It is generally true that clock information is
more reliable when obtained from the parent bus than by means of
some hardcoded or assumed value used early in the boot. This by
virtue of having more context information.
MFC after: 1 month
by driver backends to mark individual channels as enabled or not.
The default implementation of this method always mark channels as
enabled.
This method is currently not used, but is added with the PowerQUICC
in mind where the 2nd SCC channel can be disabled.
watchdog might hide the succesful arming of an earlier one. Accept that on
failing to arm any watchdog (because of non-supported timeouts) EOPNOTSUPP is
returned instead of the more appropriate EINVAL.
MFC after: 3 days
When submitting rx buffers and not using WC fifo, always replace the
invalid DMA address with the real one, otherwise allocation failures
could lead to the invalid DMA address being given to the NIC, and
that would cause the receive side to lockup.
it via pci_get_vpd_*() rather than always reading it for each device during
boot. I've left the tunable so that it can still be turned off if a device
driver causes a lockup via a query to a broken device, but devices whose
drivers do not use VPD (the vast majority) should no longer result in
lockups during boot, and most folks should not need to tweak the tunable
now.
Tested on: bge(4)
Silence from: jmg
one (hardware & global lock). This should address witness complaints that
a duplicate mutex is being acquired. Be sure to free the mutex to fix a
potential memory leak.
MFC after: 3 days
some devices (and not others). To get instances onto the iicbus, one
now needs hints or an identify routine. We also do not probe the bus
for devices because many iic devices cannot be safely probed (and when
they can, the probe order turns out to be somewhat difficult to get
right).
# I'm not 100% sure that the iicsmb removal is right. Please contact me if
# this causes difficulty.
- Change exca_activate_resource() to call BUS_ACTIVATE_RESOURCE() before
calling exca_(io|mem)_map() since the latter use rman_get_bus(tag|handle)
and the recent changes to nexus(4) mean that you need to activate a
resource before reading the bus tag and handle. This was true before,
but now the nexus(4) drivers on x86 and ia64 are more forceful about it.
Reviewed by: imp
DMA memory for a firmware load if it was the exact size needed, thus in the
common case the driver was constantly free'ing and reallocating the DMA
buffer and it would eventually begin to fail. With this fix, iwi0 reuses
the same buffer the entire time and no longer fails to load the firmware
after the machine has been up for a while.
MFC after: 1 week
simpler. It now can just use rman_is_region_manager() during
acpi_release_resource() to see if the the resource is suballocated from
a system resource. Also, the driver no longer needs MD knowledge about
how to setup bus space tags and handles when doing a suballocation, but
can simply rely on bus_activate_resource() in the parent setting all that
up.
o make all crypto drivers have a device_t; pseudo drivers like the s/w
crypto driver synthesize one
o change the api between the crypto subsystem and drivers to use kobj;
cryptodev_if.m defines this api
o use the fact that all crypto drivers now have a device_t to add support
for specifying which of several potential devices to use when doing
crypto operations
o add new ioctls that allow user apps to select a specific crypto device
to use (previous ioctls maintained for compatibility)
o overhaul crypto subsystem code to eliminate lots of cruft and hide
implementation details from drivers
o bring in numerous fixes from Michale Richardson/hifn; mostly for
795x parts
o add an optional mechanism for mmap'ing the hifn 795x public key h/w
to user space for use by openssl (not enabled by default)
o update crypto test tools to use new ioctl's and add cmd line options
to specify a device to use for tests
These changes will also enable much future work on improving the core
crypto subsystem; including proper load balancing and interposing code
between the core and drivers to dispatch small operations to the s/w
driver as appropriate.
These changes were instigated by the work of Michael Richardson.
Reviewed by: pjd
Approved by: re
(with the notable exception of improvements for using multiple TX queues)
This adds support for the T3B2 ASIC rev
Obtained from: Chelsio
MFC after: 3 days
on amd64 and i386) until we gain proper BUS_DMA_NOCACHE support.
(in progress).
Tested by: rafan, infofarmer, Nguyen Tam Chinh <unixvn@gmail.com>
Tested on: amd64, i386
- don't acquire port lock, already held in ioctl
- rename to cxgb_stop_locked
- switch callout_drain to callout_stop to avoid a hang from having the port lock held
cause the EC to stop handling future events because the GPE stayed masked.
Set a flag when queueing a GPE handler since it will ultimately re-enable
the GPE. In all other cases, re-enable it ourselves. I reworked the
patch from the submitter.
Submitted by: Rong-en Fan <grafan@gmail.com>
is okay for most of the chipsets but BCM5701 PHY does not seem to like it.
Set media to IFM_NONE if link is not up instead of the previous value.
Reported by: Goran Lowkrantz (goran dot lowkrantz at ismobile dot com)
most systems, it causes the EC not to respond for some Acer and Compaq/HP
laptops. This is the default value for Linux also. For systems that need
it, burst mode can be enabled via the tunable/sysctl:
debug.acpi.ec.burst="1"
- SWAPLR quirk for (unknown, luckily it is mine) broken uaudio stick.
Fixing by rewiring is impossible without damaging it. Luckily,
we can fix it using "other" methods :) .
- Add uaudio_get_vendor(), _product() and _release() in uaudio.c
(currently used by uaudio_pcm quirk).
- Implement CHANNEL_SETFRAGMENTS().
- Drop channel locking in few places where it is about to sleep
somewhere. This should help eliminating illegal locking acquisition
where the current thread is about to sleep, and also few deadlock
cases. Dropping it right here is quite safe since it is already
protected by CHN_F_BUSY flag and other threads won't bother to touch it.
Solving other illegal locking issues are quite tricky without converting
most usbd_do_request() calls to its equivalent _async() calls,
which I intend to do it later after getting full test report from
other people with different uaudio hardwares.
- Fix memory leak issues during detach. This seems common to any drivers
(notably emu10kx, csapcm?) with bridge functions.
Implement CHANNEL_SETFRAGMENTS() for snd_atiixp, snd_es137x, snd_hda
and snd_via8233. CHANNEL_SETBLOCKSIZE() will basically call
CHANNEL_SETFRAGMENTS() internally using conservative blocksize /
blockcount hints. Other drivers will be converted later.
- Disable stray buffer management, since sample size aligned buffering
are pretty much guaranteed through out the entire feeder_* chain
processes.
- Few style(9) cleanups.
channel.c/channel_if.m:
- Macros cleanups, prefer inlined min() over MIN().
- Rework chn_read()/chn_write() for better dead interrupt detection
policy. Reduce scheduling overhead by doing pure 5 seconds sleep
before giving up, instead of several cycle of brute micro sleeping.
- Avoid calling wakeup_one() for non-sleeping channel (for example,
vchan parent channel).
- EWOULDBLOCK -> EAGAIN.
- Fix possible divide-by-zero panic on chn_sync().
- Re-enforce ^2 blocksize policy, since there are too many broken
userland apps that blindly assume it without even trying to do
serious calculations.
- New channel method - CHANNEL_SETFRAGMENTS(), a refined version of
CHANNEL_SETBLOCKSIZE(). It accept _both_ blocksize and blockcount
arguments, so the driver internals will have better hints for
buffering and timing calculations.
- Hook FEEDER_SWAPLR into feederchain building process.
feeder_fmt.c:
- Unified version of various filters, avoiding duplications.
- malloc()less feeder_fmt. Informations can be retrieved dynamically
by doing table lookup on static data. For cases such as converting
from stereo to mono or reducing bit depth where input data is larger
than output, cycle remaining available free space until it has been
exhausted and start kicking 8 bytes reservoir space from there to
complete the remaining requested count.
- Introduce FEEDER_SWAPLR. Few super broken hardwares (found on several
extremely cheap uaudio stick, possibly others) mistakenly wired left
and right channels wrongly, screwing output or input.
- Rearrange FEEDER_* constants starting from 0 to 31, so the future
additions will be much easier and consistent.
- Introduce FEEDER_SWAPLR. Few super broken hardwares (found on several
extremely cheap uaudio stick, possibly others) mistakenly wired left
and right channels wrongly, screwing output or input.
malloc()less feeder_vchan. Informations can be retrieved dynamically
by doing table lookup on static data. Reduce mixing overhead by
doing direct copy on first channel. Mixing process will begin starting
from second channel onwards.
malloc()less feeder_volume. Informations can be retrieved dynamically
by doing table lookup on static data. Increase resolution from 6bit
to PCM_FXSHIFT (8bit) for better resolution and finer volume changes.
- Convert sx lock to plain mutex. Since the access of /dev/sndstat
is pretty much exclusive and protected by toggling sndstat_isopen,
plain mutex is more than enough.
- Enable SBUF_AUTOEXTEND to avoid buffer truncation.
- We need at least two OCBs with indirect pointers allocated in a 4KB page.
- SBP_MAXPHYS can increase to 1MB once we separate management OCB/ORB
which usually does not need indirect pointers.
- We have to increase SBP_DMA_SIZE for MAXPHYS larger than 1MB.
MFC after: 3 days
cache coherency, besides of causing train wreck in other places
(especially on amd64, possibly on i386).
Discussed with: kib@, rafan@
Tested by: rafan@
confusions and panic provided that the following conditions are met:
1) WITNESS is enabled (watch/trace).
2) Using modules, instead of statically linked (Not a strict
requirement, but easier to reproduce this way).
3) 2 or more modules share the same mtx type ("sound softc").
- They might share the same name (strcmp() == 0), but it always
point to different address.
4) Repetitive kldunload/load on any module that shares the same mtx
type (Not a strict requirement, but easier to reproduce this way).
Consider module A and module B:
- From enroll() - subr_witness.c:
* Load module A. Everything seems fine right now.
wA-w_refcount == 1 ; wA-w_name = "sound softc"
* Load module B.
* w->w_name == description will always fail.
("sound softc" from A and B point to different address).
* wA->w_refcount > 0 && strcmp(description, wA->w_name) == 0
* enroll() will return wA instead of returning (possibly unique)
wB.
wA->w_refcount++ , == 2.
* Unload module A, mtx_destroy(), wA->w_name become invalid,
but wA->w_refcount-- become 1 instead of 0. wA will not be
removed from witness list.
* Some other places call mtx_init(), iterating witness list,
found wA, failed on wA->w_name == description
* wA->w_refcount > 0 && strcmp(description, wA->w_name)
* Panic on strcmp() since wA->w_name no longer point to valid
address.
Note that this could happened in other places as well, not just sound
(eg. consider lots of drivers that share simmilar MTX_NETWORK_LOCK).
Solutions (for sound case):
1) Provide unique mtx type string for each mutex creation (chosen)
or
2) Put "sound softc" global variable somewhere and use it.
acpi module. Also clean up print of args a little.
This was accidentally committed as 1.9.2.3 in the stable branch. Since it
is harmless, I will let the "insta-MFC" stand unless there is a problem.
from ATAPI requests. If CAM debugging is enabled, also mark ATAPI
requests with ATA_R_DEBUG flag.
(atapi_cb): Report ATAPI timeouts to the CAM layer.
Fix incorrect debugging traces in the presence of ATAPI errors.
PR: kern/103602
MFC after: 2 weeks
CAM rescan if the ATAPI device entries have not changed.
The ATAPI bus may be reset for a variety of reasons, including any time an
ATAPI request times out. It is not necessary to rescan at the CAM level
in such a case, unless a device has appeared or disappeared, or has
otherwise changed.
PR: kern/103602
MFC after: 2 weeks
ATAPI request, do not clear the ATA_R_DEBUG flag. This allows a request
marked as requiring debug traces to produce these traces also during
the completion of the autosense processing.
Reviewed by: sos
MFC after: 2 weeks
tokens into the common isp_osinfo structure instead of being
in bus specific structures. This allows us to implement
a SYNC_REG MEMORYBARRIER call (using bus_space_barrier)
and also reduce the amount of bus specific wrapper structure
usages in isp_pci && isp_sbus.
MFC after: 3 days
their latest Compaq V3000 BIOS (revision F.22). As a result, analog CD
connectivity is gone to the oblivion. Even if they decide to fix it in
future revisions, the damage has been done.
excessive interrupt clock timer reset, screwing interrupt generation
for already active channels. Track moving DMA pointer and call buffer
interrupt on each blocksize boundary.
PR: kern/109791
MFC after: 3 days
- Remove some excessive parentheses around shift operators.
- Use macro instead of magic number where it is applicable.
- Change lower-case hexdecimals to upper cases to match wpaul's style.
- Revert some unnecessary line wraps and changes from the previous commit.
Pointed out by: bde
sun4v nexus(4) in turn is based on):
o Change nexus(4) to manage the resources of its children so the
respective device drivers don't need to figure them out of OFW
themselves.
o Change nexus(4) to provide the ofw_bus KOBJ interface instead of
using IVARs for supplying the OFW node and the subset of standard
properties of its children. Together with the previous change this
also allows to fully take advantage of newbus in that drivers like
fhc(4), which attach on multiple parent busses, no longer require
different bus front-ends as obtaining the OFW node and properties
as well as resource allocation works the same for all supported
busses. As such this change also is part 4/4 of allowing creator(4)
to work in USIII-based machines as it allows this driver to attach
on both nexus(4) and upa(4). On the other hand removing these IVARs
breaks API compatibility with the powerpc nexus(4) but which isn't
that bad as a) sparc64 currently doesn't share any device driver
hanging off of nexus(4) with powerpc and b) they were no longer
compatible regarding OFW-related extensions at the pci(4) level
since quite some time.
o Provide bus_get_dma_tag methods in nexus(4) and its children in
order to handle DMA tags in a hierarchical way and get rid of the
sparc64_root_dma_tag kludge. Together with the previous two items
this changes also allows to completely get rid of the nexus(4)
IVAR interface. It also includes:
- pushing the constraints previously specified by the nexus_dmatag
down into the DMA tags of psycho(4) and sbus(4) as it's their
IOMMUs which induce these restrictions (and nothing at the
nexus(4) or anything that would warrant specifying them there),
- fixing some obviously wrong constraints of the psycho(4) and
sbus(4) DMA tags, which happened to not actually be used with
the sparc64_root_dma_tag kludge in place and therefore didn't
cause problems so far,
- replacing magic constants for constraints with macros as far
as it is obvious as to where they come from.
This doesn't include taking advantage of the newbus way to get
the parent DMA tags implemented by this change in order to divorce
the IOTSBs of the PCI and SBus IOMMUs or for implementing the
workaround for the DMA sync bug in Sabre (and Tomatillo) bridges,
yet, though.
o Get rid of the notion that nexus(4) (mostly) reflects an UPA bus
by replacing ofw_upa.h and with ofw_nexus.h (which was repo-copied
from ofw_upa.h) and renaming its content, which actually applies to
all of Fireplane/Safari, JBus and UPA (in the host bus case), as
appropriate.
o Just use M_DEVBUF instead of a separate M_NEXUS malloc type for
allocating the device info for the children of nexus(4). This is
done in order to not need to export M_NEXUS when deriving drivers
for subordinate busses from the nexus(4) class.
o Use the DEFINE_CLASS_0() macro to declare the nexus(4) driver so
we can derive subclasses from it.
o Const'ify the nexus_excl_name and nexus_excl_type arrays as well
as add 'associations' and 'rsc', which are pseudo-devices without
resources and therefore of no real interest for nexus(4), to the
former.
o Let the nexus(4) device memory rman manage the entire 64-bit address
space instead of just the UPA_MEMSTART to UPA_MEMEND subregion as
Fireplane/Safari- and JBus-based machines use multiple ranges,
which can't be as easily divided as in the case of UPA (limiting
the address space only served for sanity checking anyway).
o Use M_WAITOK instead of M_NOWAIT when allocating the device info
for children of nexus(4) in order to give one less opportunity
for adding devices to nexus(4) to fail.
o While adapting the drivers affected by the above nexus(4) changes,
change them to take advantage of rman_get_rid() instead of caching
the RIDs assigned to allocated resources, now that the RIDs of
resources are correctly set.
o In iommu(4) and nexus(4) replace hard-coded functions names, which
actually became outdated in several places, in panic strings and
status massages with __func__. [1]
o Use driver_filter_t in prototypes where appropriate.
o Add my copyright to creator(4), fhc(4), nexus(4), psycho(4) and
sbus(4) as I changed considerable amounts of these drivers as well
as added a bunch of new features, workarounds for silicon bugs etc.
o Fix some white space nits.
Due to lack of access to Exx00 hardware, these changes, i.e. central(4)
and fhc(4), couldn't be runtime tested on such a machine. Exx00 are
currently reported to panic before trying to attach nexus(4) anyway
though.
PR: 76052 [1]
Approved by: re (kensmith)
never correct as CAM has no real understanding of it, and will just immediately
retry the command. This leads to undesirable cycling of the camisr as well as
a high possibility for the command to exhaust its retries before the driver
can get around to servicing it.
The better fix, as demonstrated here, is to freeze the simq and mark the
command as needing to be tried. Then when driver can service the command,
the simq gets unfrozen. This is correct, and documented here to help reduce
the mystery. However, it also points out a shortcoming in CAM error handling
that makes writing drivers harder.
Submitted by: Erich Chen
for processing frames from the power save queue when operating
in ap mode. This is especially noticeable for realtime data going
to devices like voip phones.
Submitted by: "J.R. Oldroyd" <jr@opal.com>
MFC after: 2 weeks
EC occasionally times out and provides bogus values (3000C). This change
prevents those systems from prematurely shutting down while we work on the
underlying problem. Also, bump the sanity value to 0...200C from 0...150C.
Add some comments to explain how 10 was picked. 20 was completely
arbitrary, at least 10 has some reasoning behind it.
Also, update the comments about how long we sleep to reflect the new,
shorter timeout we use.
If these drivers are setting M_VLANTAG because they are stripping the
layer 2 802.1Q headers, then they need to be re-inserting them so any
bpf(4) peers can properly decode them.
It should be noted that this is compiled tested only.
MFC after: 3 weeks
to a READ_CAPACITY request rather than the maximum sector (off by one
problem). This causes a huge cascade of errors as the geom tasting
code tries to read the last sector (which isn't really there in the
face of this error). automated tools that manipulate disk labels and
such also have issues.
Create a new quirk READ_CAPACITY_OFFBY1 and add a quirk for the
SanDISK ImageMate that I have that suffers from this problem (the
SDDR-31). It intercepts the READ_CAPACITY response and adjusts it
from number of sectors to max sector for devices with this quirk.
Reading the Linux source suggests that there are a host of
other devices with this issue, including iPods and some popular
cameras. I've not added quirks for them, since I don't have the
devices in front of me to test.
it is initialized; use path instead.
This change fixes a panic when using atapicam in conjunction with CAMDEBUG,
which has been described under kern/103602.
Thanks to Josh Carroll <josh.carroll@gmail.com> for providing the traces
that allowed identifying this problem.
PR: kern/103602
MFC after: 1 week
case where it asynchronously exits burst mode on its own. Handle different
values of hz in sleep loop. Provide more debugging options to tune EC
behavior. These tunables/sysctls may be temporary and are not for user
access if the EC is working properly. Burst mode is now on by default for
testing and the poll interval has been increased from 100 to 500 us and
total timeout from 100 to 500 ms.
Hopefully this should be the first step of addressing reports of timeout
errors during battery or thermal access, especially on HP/Compaq laptops.
It is reasonably stable and should not cause a loss of functionality or
performance on systems that were previously working. Testing shows an
increase of responsiveness by ~75% on one system.
PR: kern/98171
(external) microphone pin tend to screw it. Internal microphone (found
on several laptops) still need high VRef.
Tested by: Pietro Cerutti <pietro.cerutti@gmail.com>
lenix <irc.freenode.net>
an ICB. This shows up on card restarts, and usually for
2200-2300 cards. What happens is that we start up,
attempting to acquire a hard address. We end up instead
being an F-port topology, which reports out a loop id
of 0xff (or 0xffff for 2K Login f/w). Then, if we restart,
we end up telling the card to go off an acquire this loop
address, which the card then rejects. Bah.
Compilation fixes from Solaris port.
changes. This should ease the job of maintaining codebase since much
of the regression tests are done across os versions.
- bus_setup_intr() -> snd_setup_intr().
triggers a KASSERT) or local variables. In the case of kern_ndis, the
tsleep() actually used a common sleep address (curproc) making it
susceptible to a premature wakeup.
Use bus_get_dma_tag() to obtain the parent DMA tag to make the drivers
a little bit more non-ia32/amd64 friendly.
There is no man page for bus_get_dma_tag, so this is modelled after
rev. 1.62 of src/sys/dev/sound/pci/es137x.c by marius.
Inspired by: commit by marius
attachment of new devices that arrive (and we notice them
via async Fibre Channel events). We've always had the
right thing (of sorts) happen when devices go away- this
is the corollary function that makes multipath failover
actually work.
MFC after: 2 weeks
early, we haven't set board type, so we can't correctly check for
some options. Fix this by splitting option setting/getting into
generic, pci and then later board specific, option setting/getting.
This was noticed when setting 'iid' (or 'hard loop id') didn't work
all of a sudden.
Noticed by: Mike Drangula (thanks!) via Jung-uk Kim (thanks!)
addition of SerDes support. According to the docs, the 5706C and 5708C
phys are supposed to use the same MII model that is separate from the
SerDes parts, but the 5706C actually uses the MII model of the SerDes
parts. To fix this, readd the old 5706C entry to miidevs and add a
special check in brgphy_probe() for phys that match the 5706C ID. If
the phy is supported by the gentbi(4) driver, then it's a SerDes phy, so
we fail the probe and let gentbi(4) grab it. Otherwise, it's a 5706C phy,
so we let brgphy(4) grab it.
In coordination with: dwhite
treated as multicast frames and filtered, but when only when "adopting"
running firmware. By "adopting", I mean using pre-existing firmware
loaded from eeprom at PCI reset, rather than firmware loaded by the
driver.
non consecutively numbered ports.
This should fix current SATA problems.
Support AHCI chips where the ports are not consecutively numbered as in
some incarnations of the ICH8 chip.
and make it print under debug.iwi control same as other debugging stuff.
Remove the device_printf() in iwi_ioctl() and replace with this:
/*
* wait until pending iwi_cmd() are completed, to avoid races
* that could cause problems.
*/
while (sc->flags & IWI_FLAG_BUSY)
msleep(sc, &sc->sc_mtx, 0, "iwiioctl", hz);
This at least prevents what has become an almost systematic failure for my
system, presumably due to a previous iwi_cmd() not complete yet by the
time iwi_ioctl() is called.
It has been pointed to my attention that the real problem could be
calling ieee80211_ioctl() with the lock held. If that is true,
there might still be a possibility for a race condition e.g. an
interrupt coming while the ioctl is sleeping.
Need to investigate further on what changes are required to release
the lock before calling ieee80211_ioctl
+ do not release the dma-ble region used for downloading firmware.
This should fix the problems that some people were seeing, due to
memory becoming too fragmented which prevented subsequent allocations
of a suitable contiguous region of memory;
+ document the firmware format and usage in if_iwivar.h
+ use a loop to allocate the four tx rings, instead of replicating
the body of the loop.
+ add debugging code IWI_LOCK_ASSERT() to detect missing locks.
These only do a printf, and should go away once we figure out why
the driver sometimes freezes the system due to a (yet unidentified)
race condition.
+ add a device_printf() in iwi_ioctl() in certain conditions
(see comment in the code). This helps preventing the race condition
mentioned above, and makes the system survive. This printf will
also go away once fixing this bug is completed.
+ change iwi_getfw() to return 0 on success, 1 on error, consistently
with other functions.
+ fix the argument of a sizeof() in iwi_get_firmware()
+ use le32toh() to access little-endian fields
+ simplify error handling in iwi_load_firmware() and iwi_init_locked()
The bugs fixed by this commit (the freezing one especially) are serious
enough to call for a quick MFC
MFC after: 3 days
(1) change debounce period from 1s to 250ms. This appears to be fine and
speeds things up a little.
(2) In the middle of cbb_pcic_power_disable_socket we write 0 to the EXCA_INTR
register to put the card into reset. However, this turns off CSC
interrupts for TI bridges (and maybe others). So no further card
insertion events would be noticed. To compensate, after we've gone
through the entire power down sequence, turn on EXCA_INTR_ENABLE so
that CSC events happen.
#2 should fix the 'dead slot' problem that has been reported after
card ejection (but only 16-bit cards).
a version that i posted earlier on the -current mailing list,
and subsequent feedback received.
The core of the change is just in sys/firmware.h and kern/subr_firmware.c,
while other files are just adaptation of the clients to the ABI change
(const-ification of some parameters and hiding of internal info,
so this is fully compatible at the binary level).
In detail:
- reduce the amount of information exported to clients in struct firmware,
and constify the pointer;
- internally, document and simplify the implementation of the various
functions, and make sure error conditions are dealt with properly.
The diffs are large, but the code is really straightforward now (i hope).
Note also that there is a subtle issue with the implementation of
firmware_register(): currently, as in the previous version, we just
store a reference to the 'imagename' argument, but we should rather
copy it because there is no guarantee that this is a static string.
I realised this while testing this code, but i prefer to fix it in
a later commit -- there is no regression with respect to the past.
Note, too, that the version in RELENG_6 has various bugs including
missing locks around the module release calls, mishandling of modules
loaded by /boot/loader, and so on, so an MFC is absolutely necessary
there. I was just postponing it until this cleanup to avoid doing
things twice.
MFC after: 1 week
device pointers. They don't change as the children device drivers
come and go. Rather, check to see if the device is attached where we
would have checked ! NULL. This solves many asymmetries in the code
that likely could lead to crashes when loading/unloading cbb without
one or more of the expected children's driver not present.
o When detaching all children, try really hard to get all the children
list before giving up. This is based on an observation by hans petter
selasky in his usb p4 branch.
o When rescanning devices after a driver is added, abort if we can't get
the child list with a message.
o when rescanning devices, if the reprobe/attach is successful, save the
device for cardbus/pccard.
Unlike other GigEs Yukon II always set VLAN bit when it detects VLAN
tagged packet regardless of H/W VLAN processing configuration state.
So it need to check IFCAP_VLAN_HWTAGGING bit to know whether driver
is configured to take advantage of H/W VLAN processing. If H/W VLAN
processing was disabled don't adjust received packet length such that
subsequent validation logic works for software VLAN processing.
Reported by: bms
Tested by: bms
blacklist a bunch of old chipsets. If a system contains a PCI-PCI bridge
that supports PCI-X, assume the chipset supports PCI-X. If a system
contains a PCI-express root port, assume the chipset supports PCI-express.
If the chipset doesn't support either PCI-X or PCI-express, then blacklist
it by default. We should now only need to explicitly blacklist PCI-X or
PCI-express chipsets that don't properly handle MSI.
broke the method as all the MSI-X table indices were off by one in
the backend MD code.
- Fix a cosmetic nit in the bootverbose printf in pci_alloc_msix_method().
Bugfix for the Realtek PHY driver... an RTL8201L standalone PHY
needs different handling than the integrated ones in terms of
speed detection. There was a bogus test based on the parent
device driver name string controlling which speed register to
query. That test began failing when the rl driver was split into
separate rl and re drivers some time ago. Apparently nobody ever
noticed because the buggy code only executes if NWAY negotiation
failed. Since we happen to be testing with an ancient dumb hub
rather than a modern switch, we found it.
To fix it all, have the attach() routine notice whether we're
dealing with an integrated PHY or an RTL8201L and store that info
in a struct accessible to the status() routine that needs to know
which register to query.
I touched up the fixes because they were relative to RELENG_6 and to
bring a few nits into line with style(9).
MFC After: 2 weeks
Submitted by: Ian Lepore
tunable allowing automatic parsing of VPD data to be disabled. The
default is left as-is; if you are having problems with hard hangs at boot
due to VPD, try setting hw.pci.enable_vpd=0. A proper architectural
solution has been under discussion for some time, but this allows me to
boot my test machines in the mean time.
Submitted by: bz
Head nod: jmg
The patch from the PR was a little outdated w/regards to the
Vodafone vendor string.
PR: kern/106033
Submitted by: Volker Werth <volker_AT_vwsoft.com>
MFC in: 3 days
to set_controller_command_byte() call; by issueing a Read Mode Byte
command, the touchpad is in Absolute Mode again.
This problem occursed at least on Asus V6V laptops.
approval, change the copyright statement to point at him instead of
"FreeBSD, Inc".
Encouraged by: rwatson
Reviewed by: imp
Discussed with and approved by: orion
description here. The fix in the PR isn't necessary at all for memory
leaks, but we weren't setting the device description.
While I'm here, remove some of the obfuscating macros in attach.
PR: 108719
PR/108719, but there's a simpler fix: free it after it is used, and
then get rid of the redundant frees this causes. Other leaks in this
PR not yet fixed.
While I'm here, remove NetBSD/OpenBSD code and some of the portability
#defines that were getting in the way of understanding this code. The
devinfo bug was harder to spot because one needed to know that
device_set_desc_copy() was used inside of one of them (one that didn't
take an argument!).
Prefer device_printf(sc->sc_dev, "...") to printf("%s:...",
device_get_nameunit(sc->sc_dev)). This saves almost 300 bytes.
PR: 108719
Submitted by: Antoine Brodin
/usr/share/examples/etc/bsd-style-copyright. I've fixed a
few minor wording and formatting differences.
Approved by: luigi, Hannu Savolainen <hannu@opensound.com>
buffer resizing, etc.) that was here since eon. Free all (unmanaged)
allocated buffer through sndbuf_destroy() in case we forgot to call
sndbuf_free(). For a managed buffer (mostly hw specific managed buffer),
either provide CHANNEL_FREE() method with appropriate return value to
invoke semi-automatic sndbuf_free() or simply do it on their own. If
everything is failed, sndbuf_destroy() will come to the rescue as a
final measure.
MFC after: 3 days
for pci_cfg_restore() to be exported. It was tested using a
hackily accessed pci_cfg_restore().
- Add ifmedia_removeall() to mxge_detach() in order to stop leaking
an ifaddr
- Fix a small acounting bug introduced by the locking code shuffle
which could cause spurious watchdog resets now that we have a
watchdog.
Sponsored by: Myricom
locking in preparation for adding a watchdog handler (callouts must
not use sleepable locks). This required shuffling memory and
interrupt allocation to the attach routine rather than if_ioctl so as
to avoid potential sleeps while bringing up the interface.
- initialize ifq_drv_maxlen correctly
- mark the interface as jumbo capable
- keep stats on the number of times the hw transmit queue filled and
was restarted.
/usr/share/examples/etc/bsd-style-copyright. I've fixed a
few minor wording and formatting differences.
Approved by: matk, Hannu Savolainen <hannu@opensound.com>
Reviewed by: imp
unsolicited pin sense event and need manual control to turn off speaker
volume while attaching headphone.
Tested by: Ingeborg Hellemo <Ingeborg.Hellemo@cc.uit.no>
Disable global Acer + ALC883 headphone automute settings since there are
few models that does not respect this and causing broken behaviour.
Reported/Tested by: Pavel Argentov <argentoff@rtelekom.ru>
When the disk has an error, it will now print SMART
instead of 'Unknown CMD'.
PR: kern/93368
Submitted by: Garry Belka <garry at NetworkPhysics dot COM>
Approved by: sos
blade systems, such as the Dell 1955 and the Intel SBXD132.
Development hardware for this work was provided by Broadcom and iXsystems.
A SBXD132 blade for testing was provided by Iron Systems.
apparently be confused by short TCP segments that have been manually
padded to the minimum ethernet frame size. The driver does short frame
padding in software as a workaround for a bug in the 8169 PCI devices
that causes short IP fragments to be corrupted due to an apparent
conflict between the hardware autopadding and hardware IP checksumming.
To fix this, we avoid software padding for short TCP segments, since
the hardware seems to autopad and checksum these correctly (even the
older 8169 NICs get these right). Short UDP packets appear to be
handled correctly in all cases. This should work around the IP header
checksum bug in the 8169 while not tripping the TCP checksum bug in
the 8111B/8168B and 8101E.
addresses shall access invalid descriptor DMA addresses on PCIe
hardwares and then panicked the system.
To fix it set descriptor DMA addresses before enabling Tx and Rx
such that hardware can see valid descriptor DMA addresses. Also
set RL_EARLY_TX_THRESH before starting Tx and Rx.
Reported by: steve.tell AT crashmail DOT de
Tested by: steve.tell AT crashmail DOT de
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 1 week
- First off, device drivers really do need to know if they are allocating
MSI or MSI-X messages. MSI requires allocating powerof2() messages for
example where MSI-X does not. To address this, split out the MSI-X
support from pci_msi_count() and pci_alloc_msi() into new driver-visible
functions pci_msix_count() and pci_alloc_msix(). As a result,
pci_msi_count() now just returns a count of the max supported MSI
messages for the device, and pci_alloc_msi() only tries to allocate MSI
messages. To get a count of the max supported MSI-X messages, use
pci_msix_count(). To allocate MSI-X messages, use pci_alloc_msix().
pci_release_msi() still handles both MSI and MSI-X messages, however.
As a result of this change, drivers using the existing API will only
use MSI messages and will no longer try to use MSI-X messages.
- Because MSI-X allows for each message to have its own data and address
values (and thus does not require all of the messages to have their
MD vectors allocated as a group), some devices allow for "sparse" use
of MSI-X message slots. For example, if a device supports 8 messages
but the OS is only able to allocate 2 messages, the device may make the
best use of 2 IRQs if it enables the messages at slots 1 and 4 rather
than default of using the first N slots (or indicies) at 1 and 2. To
support this, add a new pci_remap_msix() function that a driver may call
after a successful pci_alloc_msix() (but before allocating any of the
SYS_RES_IRQ resources) to allow the allocated IRQ resources to be
assigned to different message indices. For example, from the earlier
example, after pci_alloc_msix() returned a value of 2, the driver would
call pci_remap_msix() passing in array of integers { 1, 4 } as the
new message indices to use. The rid's for the SYS_RES_IRQ resources
will always match the message indices. Thus, after the call to
pci_remap_msix() the driver would be able to access the first message
in slot 1 at SYS_RES_IRQ rid 1, and the second message at slot 4 at
SYS_RES_IRQ rid 4. Note that the message slots/indices are 1-based
rather than 0-based so that they will always correspond to the rid
values (SYS_RES_IRQ rid 0 is reserved for the legacy INTx interrupt).
To support this API, a new PCIB_REMAP_MSIX() method was added to the
pcib interface to change the message index for a single IRQ.
Tested by: scottl
sparc64 GENERIC and the sound device drivers known working on sparc64
to use bus_get_dma_tag() to obtain the parent DMA tag so we can get rid
of the sparc64_root_dma_tag kludge eventually. Except for ath(4), sk(4),
stge(4) and ti(4) these changes are runtime tested (unless I booted up
the wrong kernels again...).
These are shared-memory variants based on Am79C90-compatible chips
that apart from the missing DMA engine are similar to the 'ledma'
variant including using a (pseudo-)bus/device for the buffer that
the actual LANCE device hangs off from. The performance of these is
close to that of the 'ledma' one, like expected at a few times the
CPU load though.
unlike documented may not take effect without an initialization. So
don't invoke (*sc_mediachange) directly in lance_mediachange() but
go through lance_init_locked(). It's suboptimal to impose this for
all chips but given that besides the affected PCI bus front-end the
only other front-end which supports media selection is and likely
ever will be the 'ledma' front-end I see not enough reason to break
the in-driver API for this (though one could argue both ways here).
front of isp_init so we can read NVRAM even if we're role ISP_NONE.
Prepare for reintroduction of channels (for FC) for N-Port
Virtualization.
Fix a botch in handle assignment that caused us to nuke one device
when a new one arrives and end up with two devices with the same
identity in the virtual target mapping table.
ifmedia_init() invocation. IFM_IMASK makes only sense here when all of
the maxium of 32 PHYs on each one MII bus support disjoint sets of media,
which generally isn't the case (though it would be nice if we had a way
to let NIC drivers indicate that for the few card models where the PHY
configuration is known/fixed and IFM_IMASK actually makes sense).
- Add and use a miibus_print_child() for the bus_print_child method which
additionally prints the PHY number (which actually is the PHY address)
so one can figure out the media instance <-> PHY number mapping from the
PHY driver attach output. This is intented to be usefull in situations
where the addresses of the PHYs on the bus are known (f.e. of internal/
integrated PHYs) so one can feed the appropriate media instance number
to ifconfig(8) (with the upcoming change for ifconfig(8)).
This is more or less inspired by the NetBSD mii_print().
multiple PHYs. In case some PHYs currently driven by ukphy(4) exhibit
problems when isolating due to incomplete implementations or silicon bugs
we'll need to add specific drivers for these. Looking at NetBSD and
OpenBSD I don't expect problems here though (quite the contrary; we still
seem to set MIIF_NOISOLATE without good reason in a bunch of PHY drivers).
- Fix a style(9) whitespace nit.
capability rather than hardcoded offsets for a particular card. While
I'm here, expand the constants some.
- Change the ahd(4) driver to use pci_find_extcap() to locate the PCI-X
capability to keep up with the first change.
Reviewed by: scottl, gibbs (earlier version)
that can be used to check whether receive data is ready, i.e. whether
the subsequent call of uart_poll() should return a char, and unlike
uart_poll() doesn't actually receive data.
- Remove the device-specific implementations of uart_poll() and implement
uart_poll() in terms of uart_getc() and the newly added uart_rxready()
in order to minimize code duplication.
- In sunkbd(4) take advantage of uart_rxready() and use it to implement
the polled mode part of sunkbd_check() so we don't need to buffer a
potentially read char in the softc.
- Fix some mis-indentation in sunkbd_read_char().
Discussed with: marcel
the newly added DEV_EISA. This is done so that these back-ends can
be compiled on platforms not providing in{b,w,l}()/out{b,w,l}() and
friends (but may wish to use them together with bus front-ends other
than the EISA one).
total size of all input reports is < 6.
PR: usb/106435
Submitted by: Eygene Ryabinkin <rea-fbsd@codelabs.ru>
Approved by: emax (mentor)
MFC after: 3 days
The separate bus front-end was inherited from the OpenBSD creator(4),
which at that time had a mainbus(4) (for USI/II machines, which use
an UPA interconnection bus as the nexus) and an upa(4) (for USIII
machines, which use a subordinate/slave UPA bus hanging off from the
Fireplane/Safari interconnection bus) front-end. With FreeBSD and
newbus there is/will be no need to have two separate bus front-ends
for these busses, so we can easily coallapse the shared front-end
and the back-end into a single source file (note that the FreeBSD
creator_upa.c was misnomer anyway; based on what it actually attached
to that should have been creator_nexus.c), actually OpenBSD meanwhile
also has moved to a shared front-end and a single source file. Due
to the low-level console support creator.c also wasn't free from bus
related things before.
While at it, also split sys/sparc64/creator/creator.h into a
sys/dev/fb/creatorreg.h that only contains register macros and move
the structures to the top of sys/dev/fb/creator.c as suggested by
style(9) so creator(4) is no longer scattered over two directories.
- Use OF_decode_addr()/sparc64_fake_bustag() to obtain the bus tags and
handles for the low-level console support instead of hardcoding
support for AFB/FFB hanging off from nexus(4) only. This is part 2/4
of allowing creator(4) to work in USIII machines (which have a UPA
bus hanging off from the Fireplane/Safari bus reflected by the nexus),
which already makes it work as the low-level console there.
- Allocate resources in the bus attach routine regardless of whether
creator(4) is used as for the low-level console and thus the required
bus tags and handles have been already obtained or not so the resources
are marked as taken in the respective RMAN.
- For both obtaining the bus tags and handles for the low-level console
support as well as allocating the corresponding resources in the
regular bus attach routine don't bother to get all for the maximum of
24 register banks but only (for) the two tag/handle pairs required for
providing the video interface for syscons(4) support. If we can't
allocate the rest of them just limit the memory range accessible via
creator_fb_mmap() accordingly.
- Sanity check the memory range spanned by the first and last resources
and the resources in between as far as possible, as the XFree86/Xorg
sunffb(4) expects to be able to access the whole region, even though
the backing resources are actually non-continuous. Limit and check
the memory range accessible via creator_fb_mmap() accordingly.
- Reduce the size of buffers for OFW properties to what they actually
need to hold.
- Rename some tables to creator_<foo> for consistency.
- Also for the sizes in the creator_fb_mmap() mapping table entries use
macros for consistency, add macros for the remaining register banks
for completeness.
operation as it ran out of free descriptors or if there are too many
segments in the first place, call bus_dmamap_unload() in order to
unload the already loaded segments.
For trying to map the defragmented mbuf (chain) in re_encap() this
introduces re_dma_map_desc() setting arg.rl_maxsegs to 0 as a new
failure mode. Previously we just ignored this case, corrupting our
view of the TX ring.
o In re_txeof():
- Don't clear IFF_DRV_OACTIVE unless there are at least 4 free TX
descriptors. Further down the road re_encap() will bail if there
aren't at least 4 free TX descriptors, causing re_start() to
abort and prepend the dequeued mbuf again so it makes no sense
to pretend we could process mbufs again when in fact we won't.
While at it replace this magic 4 with a macro RL_TX_DESC_THLD
throughout this driver.
- Don't cancel the watchdog timeout as soon as there's at least one
free TX descriptor but instead only if all descriptors have been
handled. It's perfectly normal, especially in the DEVICE_POLLING
case, that re_txeof() is called when only a part of the enqueued
TX descriptors have been handled, causing the watchdog to be
disarmed prematurely.
o In re_encap():
- If m_defrag() fails just drop the packet like other NIC drivers
do. This should only happen when there's a mbuf shortage, in which
case it was possible to end up with an IFQ full of packets which
couldn't be processed as they couldn't be defragmented as they
were taking up all the mbufs themselves. This includes adjusting
re_start() to not trying to prepend the mbuf (chain) if re_encap()
has freed it.
- Remove dupe initialization of members of struct rl_dmaload_arg to
values that didn't change since trying to process the fragmented
mbuf chain.
While at it remove an unused member from struct rl_dmaload_arg.
o In re_start() remove a abandoned, banal comment. The corresponding
code was moved to re_attach() some time ago.
With these changes re(4) now survives one day (until stopped) of
hammering out packets here.
Reviewed by: yongari
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Retire the PCI_SUB*_1 constants and don't try to read a subvendor ID out
of them. There isn't a standard subvendor ID field for PCI-PCI bridges.
Instead, the dword at offset 0x34 is actually mostly reserved except for
the LSB which is the capabilities pointer.
- Add support for the PCI-PCI bridge subvendor ID capability (13) and use
it to set the subvendor ID for PCI-PCI bridges.
MFC after: 1 month
functions. The idea is taken from OpenBSD.
- Set/clear jumbo frame configurations for bge(4).
- Re-add BCM5750 PHY workaround for bce(4), which was mistakenly removed
from the previous commit.
- Move some PHY bug detections from brgphy.c to if_bge.c.
- Do not penalize working PHYs.
- Re-arrange bge_flags roughly by their categories.
- Fix minor style(9) nits.
PR: kern/107257
Obtained from: OpenBSD
Tested by: Mike Hibler <mike at flux dot utah dot edu>
o eliminate assumptions that half/quarter rate channels on exist in 11a
o handle frequency mapping between hal and net80211; hal gives us freq's
in the range 2422..2437 that we remap
MFC after: 1 month
bridge if it doesn't pass MSI messages up correctly. We set the flag
in pcib_attach() if the device ID is disabled via a PCI quirk.
- Disable MSI for devices behind the AMD 8131 HT-PCIX bridge. Linux has
the same quirk.
Tested by: no one despite repeated calls for testers
laptops.
Tested by: [1] Lion G. <liontanker@hotmail.com>
[2] Pietro Cerutti <pietro.cerutti@gmail.com>
Specialized mixer initialization for STAC9221, much like STAC9220.
Tested by: Devon H. O'Dell
- Set MIIF_NOLOOP as loopback doesn't work with this PHY. The MIIF_NOLOOP
flag currently triggers nothing but hopefully will be respected by
mii_phy_setmedia() later on.
- Use MII_ANEGTICKS instead of 5.
- Remove an unused macro.
- Fix some whitespace nits.
MFC after: 1 week
- In exphy_service() for the MII_TICK case don't bother to check whether
the currently selected media is of type IFM_AUTO as auto-negotiation
doesn't need to be kicked anyway.
- Remove #if 0'ed unapplicable code.
- Fix some whitespace nits.
MFC after: 1 week
and thus the FX_DIS pin indicates fibre media. This is part 1/2 of
adding support for the 100baseFX interface/port of AT-2700 series
adaptors.
Idea from: NetBSD
MFC after: 1 week
indices when manually adding media. Some of these I've missed while
converting drivers to take advantage of said fuctions recently,
others where longstanding bugs.
- Use printf() and device_printf() instead of log() in ichsmb(4).
- Create the mutex sooner during ichsmb(4) attach.
- Attach the interrupt handler later during ichsmb(4) attach to avoid
races.
- Don't try to set PCIM_CMD_PORTEN in ichsmb(4) attach as the PCI bus
driver does this already.
- Add locking to alpm(4), amdpm(4), amdsmb(4), intsmb(4), nfsmb(4), and
viapm(4).
- Axe ALPM_SMBIO_BASE_ADDR, it's not really safe to write arbitrary values
into BARs, and the PCI bus layer will allocate resources now if needed.
- Merge intpm(4) and intsmb(4) into just intsmb(4). Previously, intpm(4)
attached to the PCI device and created an intsmb(4) child. Now,
intsmb(4) just attaches to PCI directly.
- Change several intsmb functions to take a softc instead of a device_t
to make things simpler.
that piggybacks on bce_tick() callout.
- Instead of unconditionally resetting the controller, try to
skip the reset in case we got a pause frame, like em(4) did.
- Lock bce_tick() using callout_init_mtx().
Discussed with/Reviewed by: glebius, scottl, davidch
not needed if the proper ordering is done in attach and shutdown.
Remove usage of if_timer/watchdog and roll my own by piggybacking
off the tick() function.
Use the new usb system to allocate task queues instead of using
the system wide thread for taskqueues.
for usb. I hope that this will eventually be used for generic devices
that need full fledged blocking threads for event processing.
Create a taskqueue:
void usb_ether_task_init(device_t, int, struct usb_taskqueue *);
Enqueue a task:
void usb_ether_task_enqueue(struct usb_taskqueue *, struct task *);
Wait for all tasks queued to complete:
void usb_ether_task_drain(struct usb_taskqueue *, struct task *);
Destroy the taskqueue:
void usb_ether_task_destroy(struct usb_taskqueue *);
link state changes. Instead, build new speed/duplex/flow-control
settings from the values reported from PHY.
This should fix speed/duplex/flow-control mismatches between GMAC and
PHY which resulted in very poor Rx performance due to lots of
out-of-order packet delivery.
Reported by: Arno J. Klaassen <arno AT heho DOT snv DOT jussieu DOT fr>
Tested by: Arno J. Klaassen <arno AT heho DOT snv DOT jussieu DOT fr>
modern dual-core systems as well.
- Parse the _CST packages for each cpu and track all the states individually,
on a per-cpu basis.
- Revert to generic FADT/P_BLK based Cx control if the _CST package
is not present on all cpus. In that case, the new driver will
still support per-cpu Cx state handling. The driver will determine the
highest Cx level that can be supported by all the cpus and configure the
available Cx state based on that.
- Fixed the case where multiple cpus in the system share the same
registers for Cx state handling. To do that, added a new flag
parameter to the acpi_PkgGas and acpi_bus_alloc_gas functions that
enable the caller to add the RF_SHAREABLE flag. This flag could also be
useful to other callers (acpi_throttle?) in the tree but this change is
not yet made.
- For Core Duo cpus, both cores seems to be taken out of C3 state when
any one of the cores need to transition out. This broke the short sleep
detection logic. It is disabled now if there is more than one cpu in
the system for now as it fixed it in my case. This quirk may need to
be re-enabled later differently.
- Added support to control cx_lowest on a per-cpu basis. There is still
a generic cx_lowest to enable changing cx_lowest for all cpus with a single
sysctl and for ease of use. Sample output for the new sysctl:
dev.cpu.0.cx_supported: C1/1 C2/1 C3/57
dev.cpu.0.cx_lowest: C3
dev.cpu.0.cx_usage: 0.00% 43.16% 56.83%
dev.cpu.1.cx_supported: C1/1 C2/1 C3/57
dev.cpu.1.cx_lowest: C3
dev.cpu.1.cx_usage: 0.00% 45.65% 54.34%
hw.acpi.cpu.cx_lowest: C3
This work was done by Stephane E. Potvin with some simple reworking by
myself. Thank you.
Submitted by: Stephane E. Potvin <sepotvin / videotron.ca>
MFC after: 2 weeks
revision 1.98 is NOT merged, because FreeBSD does not support this
syntax.
revision 1.99 is NOT merged, "const poisoning" part is not applicable
to FreeBSD. There is no variable shadowing, GCC can't find
this one (but there are others)
revision 1.100 is NOT merged, because it was null patch (no changes)
revision 1.101 is NOT merged, there is no BIT() macro in FreeBSD
revision 1.102 is merged
revision 1.103 is partially merged. There is no ai.ifaceh in FreeBSD
revision 1.104 is NOT merged
revision 1.105 is merged
revision 1.106 is not merged, because of rev. 1.107
revision 1.107 is a backuout of 1.106
Submitted by: Yuriy Tsibizov <Yuriy.Tsibizov@gfk.ru>
---snip---
New features:
1. Optional multichannel recording (32 channels on Live!, 64 channels
on Audigy).
All channels are 16bit/48000Hz/mono, format is fixed.
Half of them are copied from sound output, another half can be
used to record any data from DSP. What should be recorded is
hardcoded in DSP code. In this version it records dummy data, but
can be used to record all DSP inputs, for example..
Because there are no support of more-than-stereo sound streams
multichannell stream is presented as one 32(64)*48000 Hz 16bit mono
stream.
Channel map:
SB Live! (4.0/5.1)
offset (words) substream
0x00 Front L
0x01 Front R
0x02 Digital Front L
0x03 Digital Front R
0x04 Digital Center
0x05 Digital Sub
0x06 Headphones L
0x07 Headphones R
0x08 Rear L
0x09 Rear R
0x0A ADC (multi-rate recording) L
0x0B ADC (multi-rate recording) R
0x0C unused
0x0D unused
0x0E unused
0x0F unused
0x10 Analog Center (Live! 5.1) / dummy (Live! 4.0)
0x11 Analog Sub (Live! 5.1) / dummy (Live! 4.0)
0x12..-0x1F dummy
Audigy / Audigy 2 / Audigy 2 Value / Audigy 4
offset (words) substream
0x00 Digital Front L
0x01 Digital Front R
0x02 Digital Center
0x03 Digital Sub
0x04 Digital Side L (7.1 cards) / Headphones L (5.1 cards)
0x05 Digital Side R (7.1 cards) / Headphones R (5.1 cards)
0x06 Digital Rear L
0x07 Digital Rear R
0x08 Front L
0x09 Front R
0x0A Center
0x0B Sub
0x0C Side L
0x0D Side R
0x0E Rear L
0x0F Rear R
0x10 output to AC97 input L (muted)
0x11 output to AC97 input R (muted)
0x12 unused
0x13 unused
0x14 unused
0x15 unused
0x16 ADC (multi-rate recording) L
0x17 ADC (multi-rate recording) R
0x18 unused
0x19 unused
0x1A unused
0x1B unused
0x1C unused
0x1D unused
0x1E unused
0x1F unused
0x20..0x3F dummy
Fixes:
1. Do not assign negative values to variables used to index emu_cards
array. This array was never accessed when index is negative, but
Alexander (netchild@) told me that Coverity does not like it.
After this change emu_cards[0] should never be used to identify
valid sound card.
2. Fix off-by-one errors in interrupt manager. Add more checks there.
3. Fixes to sound buffering code now allows driver to use large playback
buffers.
4. Fix memory allocation bug when multichannel recording is not
enabled.
5. Fix interrupt timeout when recording with low bitrate (8kHz).
Hardware:
1. Add one more known Audigy ZS card to list. Add two cards with
PCI IDs betwen old known cards and new one.
Other changes:
1. Do not use ALL CAPS in messages.
Incomplete code:
1. Automute S/PDIF when S/PDIF signal is lost.
Tested on i386 only, gcc 3.4.6 & gcc41/gcc42 (syntax only).
---snip---
This commits enables a little bit of debugging output when the driver is
loaded as a module. I did a cross-build test for amd64.
The code has some style issues, this will be addressed later.
The multichannel recording part is some work in progress to allow playing
around with it until the generic sound code is better able to handle
multichannel streams.
This is supposed to fix
CID: 171187
Found by: Coverity Prevent
Submitted by: Yuriy Tsibizov <Yuriy.Tsibizov@gfk.ru>
server.
Don't complain about a hard loop id of 0xffff- we get this in
point-to-point topologies with the 2300 and 2K Login firmware.
Up the timeout on register FC4 types commands.
- Rename confusing AGP_INTEL_I845_MCHCFG to AGP_INTEL_I845_AGPM.
- Move E7205 and E7505 from i8x5 to i8x0 family. It probably worked
because the actual offset is the same.
In fact, all three families have the bit at the exact same place. Only
differences are name and width of the registers, i.e., NBXCFG (0x50, dword),
RDCR (0x51, byte), AGPM (0x51, byte), MCHCFG (0x50, word) depending on
the family of the chipsets.
a spin mutex since it doesn't have an INTR_FAST interrupt handler.
Beyond that the driver is still under Giant anyway.
- Remove unneeded locking during attach across operations that can't be
called with locks held (such as bus_dma_tag_create()).
MFC after: 1 week
Not objected to by: scottl
start working with third party usb modules, where sometimes it
is not easy to set the inclusion order so that there are no multiple
inclusions, yet you want to compile with high WARNS levels).
I am not sure if there is a standard for having a leading and/or trailing _
in the macro name, the usb code seems to use both.
There are still several unprotected headers here so it might be useful
to do the same thing on other files as well as the need arises.
MFC After: 3 days
semantics.
- Stop testing bpf pointers for NULL. In some cases use
bpf_peers_present() and then call the function directly inside the
conditional block instead of the macro.
- For places where the entire conditional block is the macro, remove the
test and make the macro unconditional.
- Use BPF_MTAP() in if_pfsync on FreeBSD instead of an expanded version of
the old semantics.
Reviewed by: csjp (older version)
o change handling of regdomain-related mib knobs so they can be set
post-attach: regdomain, countrycode, outdoor, and xchanmode; the
hal will not permit changing the regdomain but we expose it for now
o on regdomain/countrycode change recalculate the channel list and
push it to the net80211 layer (NB: looks to need more tweaking)
o setup rate tables for half/quarter rate channels
o honor half/quarter rate channel configs when changing channels
o honor half/quarter rate channel configs when setting the slot time
o use hack/nonstandard channel numbering scheme for the public safety
band to avoid overlapping 2.4G channels on dual-band cards
o remove setup of ic_sup_rates; the net80211 layer can do this for us
and it simplifies handling of half/quarter rate channels
Tested only in Public Safety Band with cards that have RF5112.
bge_intr(). Some of them are used in bge_poll(). Simplify by only
initializing these for polling mode and not toggling them when switching
modes. This also fixes missing synchronization with the coalescing
engine in the toggling.
The problem was that I was acquiring the driver sx lock and then waiting
for a taskqueue to drain, however the taskqueue itself would try to
acquire the lock as well leading to a deadlock.
To fix the problem roll my own exclusive lock that allows for lock
cancellation. This is a normal exclusive lock, however if someone
marks it as "dead" then all waiters who request an error return will
get back an error instead of continuing to wait for the lock.
In this particular case, the shutdown and detach functions kill the
lock while the async task thread tries to acquire the lock but will
abort if the lock returns an error.
The other option was to drop the driver lock mid-detach and mid-shutdown,
mid-detach was a ok, however mid-shutdown was not.
While I'm here, fix a bug in what appears to be the mii link status
word in the softc going out to lunch. Explicitly set the status
word to 1 after initializing the mii. This would result in an interface
that would never respond to "if_start" requests as the mii interface
would always look down.
return an error since it returns a count of battery devices in the system.
Set it to 0 explicitly, since it is the only switch branch that doesn't set
it.
# I guess no one uses it.
would be able to work with aac(4).
This approach is used by some other drivers as well. However, we
need a more generic way to do this in order to avoid having to
special case headers in individual drivers for each platform.
Obtained from: Adaptec (version b11518)
Approved by: scottl
been handled instead of when at least one descriptor was just handled.
For bge, it is normal to get a txeof when only a small fraction of the
queued tx descriptors have been handled, so the bug broke the watchdog
in a usual case.
- moved the synchronizing bus read to after the bus write for the first
interrupt ack so that it actually synchronizes everything necessary.
We were acking not only the status update that triggered the interrupt
together with any status updates that occurred before we got around
to the bus write for the ack, but also any status updates that occur
after we do the bus write but before the write reaches the device.
The corresponding race for the second interrupt ack resulted in
sometimes returning from the interrupt handler with acked but
unserviced interrupt events. Such events then remain unserviced
until further events cause another interrupt or the watchdog times
out.
The race was often lost on my 5705, apparently since my 5705 has broken
event coalescing which causes a status update for almost every packet,
so another status update is quite likely to occur while the interrupt
handler is running. Watchdog timeouts weren't very noticeable,
apparently because bge_txeof() has one of the usual bugs resetting the
watchdog.
- don't disable device interrupts while bge_intr() is running. Doing this
just had the side effects of:
- entering a device mode in which different coalescing parameters apply.
Different coalescing parameters can be used to either inhibit or
enhance the chance of getting another status update while in the
interrupt handler. This feature is useless with the current
organization of the interrupt handler but might be useful with a
taskqueue handler.
- giving a race for ack+reenable/return. This cannot be handled
by simply rearranging the order of bus accesses like the race for
ack+keepenable/entry. It is necessary to sync the ack and then
check for new events.
- taking longer, especially with the extra code to avoid the race on
ack+reenable/return.
Reviewed by: ru, gleb, scottl
re_watchdog() in order to avoid races accessing if_timer.
- Use bus_get_dma_tag() so re(4) works on platforms requiring it.
- Remove invalid BUS_DMA_ALLOCNOW when creating the parent DMA tag
and the tags that are used for static memory allocations.
- Don't bother to set if_mtu to ETHERMTU, ether_ifattach() does that.
- Remove an unused variable in re_intr().
watchdog timer in dc_txeof() in case there are still unhandled
descriptors as dc_poll() invokes dc_poll() unconditionally.
Otherwise this would result in the watchdog timer constantly being
being reloaded and thus circumvent that the watchdog ever fires in
the DEVICE_POLLING case.
Pointed out by: bde
- Do not repeatedly read vendor/device IDs while probing.
- Remove redundant bzero(3) for softc. device_get_softc(9) does it for free[1].
Reviewed by: glebius
Suggested by: glebius[1]
- If we want mii_phy_add_media() to add 1000baseT media, we need to
supply sc->mii_extcapabilities.
- Fix formatting when announcing autonegotiation support.
behave as expected.
Also:
- Return an error if WD_PASSIVE is passed in to the ioctl as only
WD_ACTIVE is implemented at the moment. See sys/watchdog.h for an
explanation of the difference between WD_ACTIVE and WD_PASSIVE.
- Remove the I_HAVE_TOTALLY_LOST_MY_SENSE_OF_HUMOR define. If you've
lost your sense of humor, than don't add a define.
Specific changes:
i80321_wdog.c
Don't roll your own passive watchdog tickle as this would defeat the
purpose of an active (userland) watchdog tickle.
ichwd.c / ipmi.c:
WD_ACTIVE means active patting of the watchdog by a userland process,
not whether the watchdog is active. See sys/watchdog.h.
kern_clock.c:
(software watchdog) Remove a check for WD_ACTIVE as this does not make
sense here. This reverts r1.181.
work:
- A new PCI quirk (PCI_QUIRK_DISABLE_MSI) is added to the quirk table.
- A new pci_msi_device_blacklisted() determines if a passed in device
matches an MSI quirk in the quirk table. This can be overridden (all
quirks ignored) by setting the hw.pci.honor_msi_blacklist to 0.
- A global blacklist check is performed in the MI PCI bus code by checking
to see if the device at 0:0:0 is blacklisted.
Tested by: jdp
1) s/mi/mfi/ in FreeBSD ioctl path
2) add in "\n" on various failure messages
3) cap the length of time to abort an AEN command
4) fix passing sense data back to user to make Dell's Linux firmware
upgrade tool happy.
5) bump the MFI_POLL_TIMEOUT_SECS from 10s to 50s since the
firmware flash command can take ~40s to return.
This is some clean-up and enables RAID firmware to updated via Dell's
tool. Note Dell's tool requires the updates to the Linux emulator
that has been done in -current with TLS etc.
I need to discuss with scottl how to better submit mfi commands to
the firmware via the ioctl path so we don't do it in polled mode.
by vnode. Allow for md thread and the thread that owns lock on vnode
backing the md device to do the write even when runningbufspace is
exhausted.
Tested by: Peter Holm
Reviewed by: tegge
MFC after: 2 weeks
have been added erroneously, and it causes problems on some chips. A larger
change is needed to do this write at a more appropriate place, but that
change requires reworking the ASF logic. That will be worked on in the
future.
Submitted by: Bruce Evans
o no more ds_vdata in tx/rx descriptors
o split h/w tx/rx descriptor from s/w status
o as part of the descriptor split change the rate control module api
so the ath_buf is passed in to the module so it can fetch both
descriptor and status information as needed
o add some const poisoning
Also for sample rate control algorithm:
o split debug msgs (node, rate, any)
o uniformly bounds check rate indices (and in some cases correct checks)
o move array index ops to after bounds checking
o use final tsi from the status block instead of the h/w descriptor
o replace h/w descriptor struct's with proper mask+shift defs (this
doesn't belong here; everything is known by the driver and should
just be sent down so there's no h/w-specific knowledge)
MFC after: 1 month
controller. Due to lack of documentation, this driver is based on the
code from sk(4) and Marvell's myk(4) driver for FreeBSD. I've also
adopted the OpenBSD interface name, msk(4) in order to reduce naming
differences between BSDs.
The msk(4) driver supports the following Gigabit Ethernet adapters.
o SysKonnect SK-9Sxx Gigabit Ethernet
o SysKonnect SK-9Exx Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8021CU Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8021 SX/LX Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8022CU Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8022 SX/LX Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8061CU Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8061 SX/LX Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8062CU Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8062 SX/LX Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8035 Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8036 Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8038 Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8050 Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8052 Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8053 Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8055 Gigabit Ethernet
o Marvell Yukon 88E8056 Gigabit Ethernet
o D-Link 550SX Gigabit Ethernet
o D-Link 560T Gigabit Ethernet
Unlike OpenBSD/NetBSD msk(4), the msk(4) driver supports all hardware
features including TCP/UDP checksum offload for transmit, MSI, TCP
segmentation offload(TSO), hardware VLAN tag stripping/insertion,
and jumbo frames(up to 9022 bytes). The only unsupported hardware
feature except RLMT is Rx checksum offload which I don't know how to
make it work reliably.
Known Issues:
It seems msk(4) does not work on the second port of dual port NIC.
(The first port works without problems.)
Thanks to Marvell for releasing the BSD licensed myk(4) driver and
thanks to all users helped fixing bugs.
Tested by: bz, philip, bms,
YAMAMOTO Shigeru < shigeru AT iij DOT ad DOT jp >,
Dmitry Pryanishnikov < dmitry AT atlantis DOT dp DOT ua >,
Jia-Shiun Li < jiashiun AT gmail DOT com >,
David Duchscher < daved AT tamu DOT edu >,
Arno J. Klaassen < arno AT heho DOT snv DOT jussieu DOT fr>,
Nicolae Namolovan < adrenalinup AT gmail DOT com>,
Andre Guibert de Bruet < andy AT siliconlandmark DOT com >
current ML
Tested on: i386, amd64
subtypes of HT capabilities.
- Add constants for the MSI mapping window HT PCI capability.
- On i386 and amd64, enable the MSI mapping window on any HT bridges we
encounter and report any non-standard mapping window addresses.
pcib_alloc_msix() methods instead of using the method from the generic
PCI-PCI bridge driver as the PCI-PCI methods will be gaining some PCI-PCI
specific logic soon.
- Use the appropriate register writing method when reseting the chip
- Program the descriptor DMA engine correctly.
- More reliably detect certain chips and their features.
Also add some low-level debugging tools to help future work on this driver.
Submitted by: David Christenson (proof of concept changes)
Sponsored by: www.UIA.net
- Correct RX packet drop counter for BCM5705+. This register is read/clear
and it wraps very quickly under heavy packet drops because only the lower
ten bits are valid according to the documentation. However, it seems few
more bits are actually valid and the rest bits are always zeros[1].
Therefore, we don't mask them off here. To get accurate packet drop count,
we need to check the register from bge_rxeof(). It is commented out for now,
not to penalize normal operation. Actual performance impact should be
measured later.
- Correct integer casting from u_long to uint32_t. Casting is not really
needed for all supported platforms but we better do this correctly[2].
Tested by: bde[1]
Suggested by: bde[2]
o Remove unused static global variable e1000phy_debug.
o Take advantage of mii_phy_dev_probe().
o Use MII_ANEGTICKS/MII_ANEGTICKS_GIGE instead of magic number 5.
o Add IFM_NONE as e1000phy(4) supports it without issues.
o Nuke magic PHY programming sequence in PHY reset and follow correct
reset sequence. [1]
o Make manual media selection work for all supported media types.
o Don't set MIIF_NOISOLATE so e1000phy(4) can be used in
configurations with multiple PHYs.
o In 1000baseT, when setting the link manually, one side must be the
master and the other the slave. If LINK0 is set, program the PHY
to be a master, otherwise it's a slave.
o When we lost a link, reset mii_ticks immediately so it correctly
check number of seconds elapsed in autonegotiation phase.
o Announce link loss right after it happens.
o After kicking autonegotiation, report PHY status instead of
returning immediatly.
o When link state check is in progress, check auto negotiation
completion bit only when auto negotiation is enbaled.
o When PHY is resolved to a master, show it with IFM_FLAG2.
Special thanks to marius who fixed several nits in original patch.
In half-duplex mode, nfe(4) fails to send packets. I think it's a bug
in nfe(4) as the same PHY works without problems on msk(4).
Obtained from: em(4) [1]
Reviewed by: marius
Tested by: bz
Either they're there early and the ispfw sets have
registered themselves, or they're not.
The module dependency stuff isn't quite what we want
anyway. If the user doesn't want the load placed on
system memory by loading the firmware, they don't
specify it to be loaded (either by being linked in
or via being a module to be loaded and then hooked
in with firmware(9)). It doesn't then make sense to
then override what they want by pulling it in anyway.
This might be able to work if we were able to pull in
just exactly what we needed for the card we have- but
that's an optimization left for the future.
hme_watchdog() in order to avoid races accessing if_timer.
- Use bus_get_dma_tag() so hme(4) works on platforms requiring it.
- Don't bother to set if_mtu to ETHERMTU, ether_ifattach() does that.
gem_watchdog() in order to avoid races accessing if_timer.
While at it relax the watchdog a bit by reloading it in gem_tint()
if there are still packets enqueued.
- Don't bother to set if_mtu to ETHERMTU, ether_ifattach() does that.
- Fix inconsistencies in prototypes.
depending on the NIC and isn't used at all with HomePNA links)
instead of if_slowtimo() for driving dc_watchdog() in order to
avoid races accessing if_timer.
- Use bus_get_dma_tag() so dc(4) works on platforms requiring it.
- Don't bother to set if_mtu to ETHERMTU, ether_ifattach() does that.
- Remove an alpha remnant in dc_softc.
of the nvenet lib upgrade (the constant went from 63 (2^n - 1) to
32 (2^n)). For reasons that are not obvious to me this fixes the driver
on at least some NICs.
MFC after: 3 days
with- not hope for the best. Change some things which were gated
off of 24XX to be gated off of 2K login support. Convert some
isp_prt calls to xpt_print calls.
Add a note that suggests a cleanup.
Note: This patch was derived based on looking at the pvrxxx/pvr250
ports' Makefiles only, and may be incomplete. It is not derived from
anything I saw from Hauppage.
- In hme_eint() print MIF register contents on MIF interrupts.
- In hme_mifinit() don't bother to preserve the previous MIF config.
This was mainly done in order to preserve the PHY select bit (external
or internal PHY) but which only needs to be set as appropriate when
reading from or writing to the desired PHY in hme_mii_{read,write}reg().
Similarly don't bother to set the PHY select bit in hme_mii_statchg().
- In hme_mii_{read,write}reg() ignore requests to PHYs other than the
external and internal PHY one.
- Move enabling/disabling the MII drivers of the external transceiver
from hme_init_locked() and based on the sheer presence of an external
to hme_mifinit() and based on the currently selected media, defaulting
to the internal transceiver when the media hasn't been set, yet.
Invoke hme_mifinit() from the newly added hme_mediachange_locked() so
the setting of the MII drivers is updated when changing media.
These changes keep the MII bus from wedging (which manifests in the HME
and the PHYs no longer being able to communicate with each other) when
the PHY device drivers isolate the unused PHY in two-PHY configurations
as present in f.e. Netra t1 100 while changing media, either from
hme_init_locked() (see also below) or via ifconfig(8). They also allow
for using both transceivers/PHYs.
- In the newly added hme_mediachange_locked() also reset the PHYs in two-
PHY configurations before invoking mii_mediachg(). This is required
for successfully unisolating the previously unused PHY when switching
between PHYs.
- Now that changing media should no longer cause problems back out rev.
1.27 and re-enable setting the current media in hme_init_locked() (see
the commit message of rev. 1.23 for more info).
These changes are roughly a merge of NetBSD gem.c rev. 1.32 - 1.35 (1.30
was already fixed differently in our 1.36; 1.31 and 1.32 were wrong) with
some parts reworked and things that don't make sense like setting the MII
drivers and restoring the previous MIF and XIF settings in hme_mii_{read,
write}reg() omitted.
MFC after: 2 weeks
read wasn't flagging the SYNC mode was enabled. The temp
values for offset and sync period were uint8_t, but were
being assigned and shifted from a uint32_t value.
This didn't show up in testing because a random number
of 1030 cards set a bit that says "honor BIOS negotiation",
which means this whole code path was skipped.
This should clear up at least some of the negotation
issues that have been seen.
Fix things to use the LSI-Logic Fusion Library mask and shift names for
offset and sync, no matter how awkward they are, in preference to just
plain numbers.
- Don't set MIIF_NOISOLATE so amphy(4) can be used in configurations
with multiple PHYs. There doesn't seem to be a problem with isolating
AM79c873 and workalikes per se nor in combination with the NICs they're
used with and amphy(4) was already adding IFM_NONE anyway.
- Use mii_phy_add_media() instead of mii_add_media() so the latter can
be eventually retired.
- Take advantage of mii_phy_setmedia().
- Fix a whitespace nit.
Obtained from: NetBSD dmphy(4) (except for the last item)
MFC after: 2 weeks
the currently selected media is of type IFM_AUTO as auto-negotiation
doesn't need to be kicked anyway.
- Fix a whitespace nit.
- Probe another Altima PHY, which is a AC101 workalike and integrated
in at least ADMtek ADM8511 but apparently is not mentioned in any
publically available data sheet so the actual identifier is unknown.
- Don't set MIIF_NOISOLATE so acphy(4) can be used in configurations
with multiple PHYs. There doesn't seem to be a problem with isolating
AC101 and workalikes per se nor in combination with the NICs they're
used with.
- Use mii_phy_add_media() instead of mii_add_media() so the latter can
be eventually retired.
- Take advantage of mii_phy_setmedia().
Obtained from: NetBSD (except for the first and second item)
MFC after: 2 weeks
in at least ADMtek ADM8511 but apparently is not mentioned in any
publically available data sheet so the actual identifier is unknown.
- Add Davicom DM9102 PHY.
- Add DM9101 to the description of AMD 79C873 as at least some Davicom
DM9101F identify identical to AMD 79C873.
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 2 weeks
with multiple PHYs. There doesn't seem to be a problem with isolating
78Q2120 per se nor in combination with the NICs they're used with and
tdkphy(4) was already adding IFM_NONE anyway.
- Set MIIF_NOLOOP as loopback doesn't work with this PHY. The MIIF_NOLOOP
flag currently triggers nothing but hopefully will be respected by
mii_phy_setmedia() later on.
- Use mii_phy_add_media() instead of mii_add_media() so the latter can
be eventually retired.
- Take advantage of mii_phy_setmedia().
Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for lending me test hardware.
Obtained from: NetBSD tqphy(4)
MFC after: 2 weeks
with multiple PHYs and un-comment case IFM_NONE in case MII_MEDIACHG
rgephy_service(). There doesn't seem to be a problem with isolating
RTL8169S and their internal PHY.
- Take advantage of mii_phy_add_media(). [1]
Obtained from: NetBSD [1]
Tested by: yongari
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Fix some whitespace nits.
- Fix some spelling in comments.
- Use MII_ANEGTICKS instead of 5.
- Don't define variables in nested scope.
- Remove superfluous returns at the end of void functions.
- Remove unused static global rgephy_mii_model.
- Remove dupe $Id$ in tdkphy(4).
- Sort brgphys table.
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Playback and headphone/speaker automute works.
- Recording untested due to me being deaf doing back-and-forth
remote debugging.
Free Macbook donation is highly appreciated :)
Tested by: Dennis Pielken <mips128@gmx.net>
mii_phy_match() API and takes care of the PHY device probe based on
the struct mii_phydesc array and the match return value provided.
Convert PHY drivers to take advantage of mii_phy_dev_probe(),
converting drivers to provide a mii_phydesc table in the first
place where necessary.
Reviewed by: yongari
MFC after: 2 weeks
discarded RX packets to input error for BCM5705 or newer chipset as the others.
Unfortunately we cannot do the same for output errors because ifOutDiscards
equivalent register does not exist. While I am here, replace misleading and
wrong BGE_RX_STATS/BGE_TX_STATS with BGE_MAC_STATS. They were reversed but
worked accidently.
machines and both TX and RX were broken on big-endian machines.
The chip design is crazy -- on RX, it puts the 16-bit VLAN tag
in network byte order (big-endian) in the 32-bit little-endian
register!
Thanks to John Baldwin for helping me document this change! ;-)
Tested by: sat (amd64), test program (sparc64)
PR: kern/105054
MFC after: 3 days
aue_tick calls several synchronous usb functions from a timeout(9),
this is very broken since a timeout(9) is run as an interrupt
and the usb functions tsleep.
A stopgap fix is to schedule a taskqueue task from the timeout
and defer work to that taskqueue task.
Preliminary support for Atmel AT45D series of DataFlash on the
SPI bus (ok, not really a hardware bus, but a logical
connection). This works only for the 8MB version of the part
due to hard coding. Both read and write are supported.
the currently selected media is of type IFM_AUTO as auto-negotiation
doesn't need to be kicked anyway.
- In rlphy_status() just use if_dname instead of determining the name
of the parent NIC via device_get_name(device_get_parent(sc->mii_dev)).
- Use mii_phy_add_media() instead of mii_add_media() so the latter can
be eventually retired.
- Take advantage of mii_phy_setmedia().
- Fix some whitespace nits and remove commented out code that just can't
be used with RealTek PHYs.
MFC after: 2 weeks
the currently selected media is of type IFM_AUTO as auto-negotiation
doesn't need to be kicked anyway.
- Don't set MIIF_NOISOLATE so qsphy(4) can be used in configurations
with multiple PHYs. There doesn't seem to be a problem with isolating
QS6612 per se nor in combination with the NICs they're used with.
- Use mii_phy_add_media() instead of mii_add_media() so the latter can
be eventually retired.
- Take advantage of mii_phy_setmedia().
Obtained from: NetBSD (except for the first item)
MFC after: 2 weeks
loopback to work PCnet chips additionally need to be placed into
external loopback mode which pcn(4) doesn't do so far.
- In nsphy_service() just use if_dname instead of determining the name
of the parent NIC via device_get_name(device_get_parent(sc->mii_dev)).
- Don't set MIIF_NOISOLATE, except for when used in combination with a
NIC that wedges when isolating the PHYs, so nsphy(4) can be used in
configurations with multiple PHYs.
- Use mii_phy_add_media() instead of mii_add_media() so the latter can
be eventually retired.
- Take advantage of mii_phy_setmedia() (requires the MIIF_FORCEANEG
added in sys/dev/mii/mii_physubr.c 1.26, sys/dev/mii/miivar.h 1.19).
- Implement a separate nsphy_reset(). There are two reasons for this:
1) This PHY can take an inordinate amount of time to reset if media
is attached; under fairly normal circumstances up to nearly one
second. This is because it appears to go through an implicit auto-
negotiation cycle as part of the reset.
2) During reset and auto-negotiation, the BMCR will clear the reset
bit before the process is complete. It will return 0 until the
process is complete and it's safe to access the PHY again.
This is the first of two changes required to make the combination of
Am79c971 and DP83840A found on certain HP cards and on-board in IBM
machines work.
- Fix some whitespace nits.
Based on: NetBSD (except for the first and second item)
MFC after: 2 weeks
with multiple PHYs. There doesn't seem to be a problem with isolating
LXT970 per se nor in combination with the NICs they're used with and
lxtphy(4) was already adding IFM_NONE anyway.
- Use mii_phy_add_media() instead of mii_add_media() so the latter can
be eventually retired.
- Take advantage of mii_phy_setmedia().
- Fix some whitespace nits.
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 2 weeks
the BMSR contains any media at all to mii_phy_add_media(). The majority
of the drivers currently using mii_phy_add_media() were missing such a
check anyway though.
MFC after: 2 weeks
take place if IFM_AUTO is selected. This allows drivers like nsphy(4),
which need to force writing the ANAR according to the BMSR, to take
advantage of mii_phy_setmedia(). [1]
- In mii_phy_reset() once the current media is set don't isolate the PHY
corresponding to the instance of the currently selected media rather
than unconditionally not isolating the PHY corresponding to instance 0.
This saves a isolation-unisolation-cycle of the PHY corresponding to
the currently selected media for the case were it isn't instance 0.
- Fix some whitespace nits. [1]
Obtained from: NetBSD [1]
MFC after: 2 weeks
an URQ_REQUEST when DMA segments are passed to usbd_start_transfer();
when the request doesn't include the optional data buffer the size of
the transfer (xfer->length) is 0, in which case usbd_transfer() won't
create a DMA map but call usbd_start_transfer() with no DMA segments.
With the previous change this could result in the bus_dmamap_sync()
implementation dereferencing the NULL-pointer passed as the DMA map
argument.
While at it fix what appears to be a typo in usbd_start_transfer();
in order to determine wheter usbd_start_transfer() was called with
DMA segments check whether the number of segments is > 0 rather than
the pointer to them being > 0.
OK'ed by: imp
in every sense.
General
-------
- Multichannel safe, endian safe, format safe
* Large part of critical pcm filters such as vchan.c, feeder_rate.c,
feeder_volume.c, feeder_fmt.c and feeder.c has been rewritten so that
using them does not cause the pcm data to be converted to 16bit little
endian.
* Macrosses for accessing pcm data safely are defined within sound.h in
the form of PCM_READ_* / PCM_WRITE_*
* Currently, most of them are probably limited for mono/stereo handling,
but the future addition of true multichannel will be much easier.
- Low latency operation
* Well, this require lot more works to do not just within sound driver,
but we're heading towards right direction. Buffer/block sizing within
channel.c is rewritten to calculate precise allocation for various
combination of sample/data/rate size. As a result, applying correct
SNDCTL_DSP_POLICY value will achive expected latency behaviour simmilar
to what commercial 4front driver do.
* Signal handling fix. ctrl+c of "cat /dev/zero > /dev/dsp" does not
result long delay.
* Eliminate sound truncation if the sound data is too small.
DIY:
1) Download / extract
http://people.freebsd.org/~ariff/lowlatency/shortfiles.tar.gz
2) Do a comparison between "cat state*.au > /dev/dsp" and
"for x in state*.au ; do cat $x > /dev/dsp ; done"
- there should be no "perceivable" differences.
Double close for PR kern/31445.
CAVEAT: Low latency come with (unbearable) price especially for poorly
written applications. Applications that trying to act smarter
by requesting (wrong) blocksize/blockcount will suffer the most.
Fixup samples/patches can be found at:
http://people.freebsd.org/~ariff/ports/
- Switch minimum/maximum sampling rate limit to "1" and "2016000" (48k * 42)
due to closer compatibility with 4front driver.
Discussed with: marcus@ (long time ago?)
- All driver specific sysctls in the form of "hw.snd.pcm%d.*" have been
moved to their own dev sysctl nodes, notably:
hw.snd.pcm%d.vchans -> dev.pcm.%d.vchans
Bump __FreeBSD_version.
Driver specific
---------------
- Ditto for sysctls.
- snd_atiixp, snd_es137x, snd_via8233, snd_hda
* Numerous cleanups and fixes.
* _EXPERIMENTAL_ polling mode support using simple callout_* mechanisme.
This was intended for pure debugging and latency measurement, but proven
good enough in few unexpected and rare cases (such as problematic shared
IRQ with GIANT devices - USB). Polling can be enabled/disabled through
dev.pcm.0.polling. Disabled by default.
- snd_ich
* Fix possible overflow during speed calibration. Delay final
initialization (pcm_setstatus) after calibration finished.
PR: kern/100169
Tested by: Kevin Overman <oberman@es.net>
* Inverted EAPD for few Nec VersaPro.
PR: kern/104715
Submitted by: KAWATA Masahiko <kawata@mta.biglobe.ne.jp>
Thanks to various people, notably Joel Dahl, Yuriy Tsibizov, Kevin Oberman,
those at #freebsd-azalia @ freenode and others for testing.
Joel Dahl will do the manpage update.
- incorporate csjp's fix for a mishandled endian conversion
- convert PAGE_SIZE to 4096 for PCIe adapter workaround (my page size is not 4k)
- implement em_read_pcie_cap_reg where we set the max read size on pcie to 4k (taken from mxge)
Reviewed by: scottl and jfvogel
I have been debugging the usb problems some more. Your were
right in your assumption (thanks for the pointer) about lack
of calls to bus_dmamap_sync(). In usbdi.c bus_dmamap_sync()
does get used for transfers that move data from PC to USB and
it is used for transfers that move data from USB to PC. But
someone forgot that control transfers consist of possibly two
data chunks : the request itself and optionally a buffer of
data that should be transfered to or from the USB device. On
requests to the control endpoint without additional data
bus_dmamap_sync() didn't get called. For some reason my first
tests with umass worked (due to enough cache poisening I
guess). The attached patch adds a call to bus_dmamap_sync()
to usbdi.c and now all devices I have tried work out of the
box. I have successfully transfered large files using the
if_axe driver and I have mounted several different umass
devices.
submitted by: Daan Vreeken
sponsored by: Vitsch Electronics
reviewed by: cognet@
- Fix bug preventing adoption of running firmware
- Set PCIe max read request size to 4KB
- Read PCIe link width from config space
- Assume aligned completions from the southbridge ports
of intel E5000 chips
- Use aligned firmware when link width is x4 or less
- Add hw.mxge.force_firmware tunable to allow user to force
selection of aligned (or unaligned) firmware
bfe_init_locked() wasn't sufficient to bring the chip back to life, it also
required a call to bfe_chip_reset() during resume.
Tested by: Stepan Zastupov +redchrom at gmail+
MFC after: 1 week
archs. [1]
- Instead of bus_space_{read,write}*(rman_get_bustag(), rman_get_bushandle())
use bus_{read,write}*() for efficiency.
Reported by: Peter Losher [1]
Tested on: i386, sparc64
MFC after: 2 weeks
made to accommodate the chip being in promiscuous mode while
offloading VLAN tag processing to the hardware. We can now
properly handle the absence of VLAN tags from hardware stripping.
Reviewed by: rwatson, andre
MFC after: 1 month
after calling mfi_mapcmd is no longer needed, so long as the MFI_CMD_POLLED
flag is set. This change eliminates the possibility of a polled command
getting posted twice to the driver. This is turn fixes panics on shutdown
when INVARIANTS is set.
Sponsored by: Ironport
and provied an isp_control entry point so that the outer layers can
do PLOGI/LOGO explicitly. Add MS IOCB support. This completes the cycle
for base support for SMI-S.
This allows us to play nicely on SANs when we have target mode
enabled in f/w but have neither the scsi_targbh enabled or
scsi_targ with a target enabled.
accidentally truncating off the VLAN tag field in the TX descriptor. Fix
this by splitting up the vlan_tag and flags fields into separate fields,
and handling them appropriately.
Sponsored by: Ironport
MFC After: 3 days
descriptor's mbuf pointer to see if the transmit ring is full. The
mbuf pointer is set only in the last descriptor of a
multi-descriptor packet. By relying on the mbuf pointers of the
earlier descriptors, the driver would sometimes overwrite a
descriptor belonging to a packet that wasn't completed yet. Also,
tx_chain_prod wasn't updated inside the loop, causing the wrong
descriptor to be checked after the first iteration. The upshot of
all this was the loss of some transmitted packets at medium to high
packet rates.
In bce_tx_encap, remove a couple of old statements that shuffled
around the tx_mbuf_map pointers. These now correspond 1-to-1 with
the transmit descriptors, and they are not supposed to be changed.
Correct a couple of inaccurate comments.
MFC after: 1 month
Only complain about FC Reponse errors if they're nonzero.
Shorten some PortID printouts for local loop.
Add an internal isp_xcmd_t data structure which we'll use for some
CT-Passthru support as part of adding SMI-S.
- Add a translation so the Linux ioctl's don't conflict with
the FreeBSD definition.
- Assume Linux 32bit emulation on amd64.
This was tested on i386 and amd64 with the 32bit Linux MegaCli.
Eventually we should do a 32bit native FreeBSD translation app.
gone device timers and zombie state entries. There are tunables
that can be used to select a number of parameters.
loop_down_limit - how long to wait for loop to come back up before
declaring
all devices dead (default 300 seconds)
gone_device_time- how long to wait for a device that has appeared
to leave the loop or fabric to reappear (default 30 seconds)
Internal tunables include (which should be externalized):
quick_boot_time- how long to wait when booting for loop to come up
change_is_bad- whether or not to accept devices with the same
WWNN/WWPN that reappear at a different PortID as being the 'same'
device.
Keen students of some of the subtle issues here will ask how
one can keep devices from being re-accepted at all (the answer
is to set a gone_device_time to zero- that effectively would
be the same thing).
- Add 3 new functions to the pci_if interface along with suitable wrappers
to provide the device driver visible API:
- pci_alloc_msi(dev, int *count) backed by PCI_ALLOC_MSI(). '*count'
here is an in and out parameter. The driver stores the desired number
of messages in '*count' before calling the function. On success,
'*count' holds the number of messages allocated to the device. Also on
success, the driver can access the messages as SYS_RES_IRQ resources
starting at rid 1. Note that the legacy INTx interrupt resource will
not be available when using MSI. Note that this function will allocate
either MSI or MSI-X messages depending on the devices capabilities and
the 'hw.pci.enable_msix' and 'hw.pci.enable_msi' tunables. Also note
that the driver should activate the memory resource that holds the
MSI-X table and pending bit array (PBA) before calling this function
if the device supports MSI-X.
- pci_release_msi(dev) backed by PCI_RELEASE_MSI(). This function
releases the messages allocated for this device. All of the
SYS_RES_IRQ resources need to be released for this function to succeed.
- pci_msi_count(dev) backed by PCI_MSI_COUNT(). This function returns
the maximum number of MSI or MSI-X messages supported by this device.
MSI-X is preferred if present, but this function will honor the
'hw.pci.enable_msix' and 'hw.pci.enable_msi' tunables. This function
should return the largest value that pci_alloc_msi() can return
(assuming the MD code is able to allocate sufficient backing resources
for all of the messages).
- Add default implementations for these 3 methods to the pci_driver generic
PCI bus driver. (The various other PCI bus drivers such as for ACPI and
OFW will inherit these default implementations.) This default
implementation depends on 4 new pcib_if methods that bubble up through
the PCI bridges to the MD code to allocate IRQ values and perform any
needed MD setup code needed:
- PCIB_ALLOC_MSI() attempts to allocate a group of MSI messages.
- PCIB_RELEASE_MSI() releases a group of MSI messages.
- PCIB_ALLOC_MSIX() attempts to allocate a single MSI-X message.
- PCIB_RELEASE_MSIX() releases a single MSI-X message.
- Add default implementations for these 4 methods that just pass the
request up to the parent bus's parent bridge driver and use the
default implementation in the various MI PCI bridge drivers.
- Add MI functions for use by MD code when managing MSI and MSI-X
interrupts:
- pci_enable_msi(dev, address, data) programs the MSI capability address
and data registers for a group of MSI messages
- pci_enable_msix(dev, index, address, data) initializes a single MSI-X
message in the MSI-X table
- pci_mask_msix(dev, index) masks a single MSI-X message
- pci_unmask_msix(dev, index) unmasks a single MSI-X message
- pci_pending_msix(dev, index) returns true if the specified MSI-X
message is currently pending
- Save the MSI capability address and data registers in the pci_cfgreg
block in a PCI devices ivars and restore the values when a device is
resumed. Note that the MSI-X table is not currently restored during
resume.
- Add constants for MSI-X register offsets and fields.
- Record interesting data about any MSI-X capability blocks we come
across in the pci_cfgreg block in the ivars for PCI devices.
Tested on: em (i386, MSI), bce (amd64/i386, MSI), mpt (amd64, MSI-X)
Reviewed by: scottl, grehan, jfv
MFC after: 2 months
our own watchdog that piggybacks on the em_local_timer() routine.
We suppose that the if_timer/if_watchdog interface should be
obsoleted, since it doesn't fit the modern SMP network stack.
NIC drivers should create their own watchdogs, that check and
clear the timers always holding driver's lock.
In collaboration with: jfv, scottl
- Only call iwi_stop() if we got far enough along in iwi_attach() to
alloc an ifnet.
- Release the firmware after stopping the interface and detaching the
ifnet.
MFC after: 1 month
Reviewed by: sam
to be switched to is saved in sc->delayed_next_scr and
the actual switch is performed later. It was possible
to get into the endless loop when attempting to switch
to a closed vty (which is not allowed and beep-alerted
when attempted) and when the visual beep was in effect.
This caused sc->delayed_next_scr to never be reset and
endless attempts to switch to a closed vty and endless
visual beeping. How to repeat:
- boot into single-user
- run "kbdcontrol -b visual"
- quickly press Alt+F2 two times
PR: kern/68016
X-MFC after: 6.2-RELEASE
specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may
require some future tweaking.
Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Discussed on: arch@
Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri,
Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>,
Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>,
Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
as we have no use for that info. Instead let this function return the
keyboard ID and verify at its invocation in sunkbd_configure() that we're
talking to a Sun type 4/5/6 keyboard, i.e. a keyboard supported by this
driver.
- Add an option SUNKBD_EMULATE_ATKBD whose code is based on the respective
code in ukbd(4) and like UKBD_EMULATE_ATSCANCODE causes this driver to
emit AT keyboard/KB_101 compatible scan codes in K_RAW mode as assumed by
kbdmux(4). Unlike UKBD_EMULATE_ATSCANCODE, SUNKBD_EMULATE_ATKBD also
triggers the use of AT keyboard maps and thus allows to use the map files
in share/syscons/keymaps with this driver at the cost of an additional
translation (in ukbd(4) this just is the way of operation).
- Implement an option SUNKBD_DFLT_KEYMAP, which like the equivalent options
of the other keyboard drivers allows to specify the default in-kernel
keyboard map. For obvious reasons this made to only work when also using
SUNKBD_EMULATE_ATKBD.
- Implement sunkbd_check(), sunkbd_check_char() and sunkbd_clear_state(),
which are also required for interoperability with kbdmux(4).
- Implement K_CODE mode and FreeBSD keypad compose.
- As a minor hack define KBD_DFLT_KEYMAP also in the !SUNKBD_EMULATE_ATKBD
case so we can obtain fkey_tab from <dev/kbd/kbdtables.h> rather than
having to duplicate it and #ifdef some more code.
- Don't use the TX-buffer for writing the two command bytes for setting the
keyboard LEDs as this consequently requires a hardware FIFO that is at
least two bytes in depth, which the NMOS-variant of the Zilog SCCs doesn't
have. Thus use an inlined version of uart_putc() to consecutively write
the command bytes (a cleaner approach would be to do this via the soft
interrupt handler but that variant wouldn't work while in ddb(4)). [1]
- Fix some minor style(9) bugs.
PR: 90316 [1]
Reviewed by: marcel [1]
BIO_READ/BIO_WRITE is sent to vnode-backed provider (BIO_DELETE or
BIO_FLUSH).
Reported by: ceri
Add support for BIO_FLUSH to vnode-backed md(4) devices based on
VOP_FSYNC().
- Test the mac_type rather than if_hwassist (since ifp doesn't exist yet)
to determine if the adapter supports TSO and thus to change the sizes
for the bus_dma tag.
Reviewed by: glebius
during detach() similar to other NIC drivers rather than allocating them
during init() and freeing them during stop():
- Move creation of tx bus_dma tag amd maps and tx_buffer_area from
em_setup_transmit_structures() to em_allocate_transmit_structures().
- Call em_allocate_xxx_structures() in em_attach().
- Only call em_free_xxx_structures() in em_detach().
- Change em_setup_xxx_structures() to free any existing tx or rx buffers
and in the case of rx repopulate the ring with newer buffers.
Reviewed by: jfv
the EOP descriptor in the first descriptor of the packet. And then
in em_txeof() search for DD bits set only in the EOP descriptors,
embedding the cleanup of all packet's descriptors into inner loop.
This change is important for future chips, where DD bit is going
to be set only on the EOP descriptors.
Submitted by: jfv
Details:
o if_em.c changes:
- Added several new PCI ids.
- Check em_check_phy_reset_block() before doing SIOCSIFMEDIA ioctl.
- Don't touch TARC registers, they are now handled in shared
code in if_em_hw.c.
- Move RDH and RDT setting to the end of
em_initialize_receive_unit().
- Declare em_read_pcie_cap_reg(), now empty.
o if_em_hw.c dropped in from vendor, then restored rev. 1.15.
o if_em_hw.h dropped in from vendor, then modified:
- Added RX overrun interrupt flag to interrupt enable mask.
- Remove declarations of em_io_read(), em_io_write().
Approved by: jfv
the CAM_NEW_TRAN_CODE that has been in the tree for some years now.
This first step consists solely of adding to or correcting
CAM_NEW_TRAN_CODE pieces in the kernel source tree such
that a both a GENERIC (at least on i386) and a LINT build
with CAM_NEW_TRAN_CODE as an option will compile correctly
and run (at least with some the h/w I have).
After a short settle time, the other pieces (making
CAM_NEW_TRAN_CODE the default and updating libcam
and camcontrol) will be brought in.
This will be an incompatible change in that the size of structures
related to XPT_PATH_INQ and XPT_{GET,SET}_TRAN_SETTINGS change
in both size and content. However, basic system operation and
basic system utilities work well enough with this change.
Reviewed by: freebsd-scsi and specific stakeholders
only those bars that had addresses assigned by the BIOS and where the
bridges were properly programmed. Now even unprogrammed ones work.
This was needed for sun4v. We still only implement up to 2GB memory
ranges, even for 64-bit bars. PCI standards at least through 2.2 say
that this is the max (or 1GB is, I only know it is < 32bits).
o Always define pci_addr_t as uint64_t. A pci address is always 64-bits,
but some hosts can't address all of them.
o Preserve the upper half of the 64-bit word during resource probing.
o Test to make sure that 64-bit values can fit in a u_long (true on some
platforms, but not others). Don't use those that can't.
o minor pedantry about data sizes.
o Better bridge resource reporting in bootverbose case.
o Minor formatting changes to cope with different data types on different
platforms.
Submitted by: jmg, with many changes by me to fully support 64-bit
addresses.
Though it is named after overclocking tool for ASUS motherboards,
it is not capable to change clock ratio or CPU core voltage.
This driver exports Templature, Power output voltage, Fan RPM under
dev.acpi_aiboost.0.*.
Descriptions for these values are set to sysctl describe, which can be
get by sysctl -d.
in #ifdef __NO_STRICT_ALIGNMENT rather than #ifdef __i386__. This
means that amd64 now also uses the optimized code. [1]
While at it, fix a nearby style(9) bug.
- Remove the hw.dc_quick SYSCTL, which allowed to turn off the above
mentioned optimization, as like the equivalent and already removed
- In dc_setcfg() suppress printing a warning when forcing the receiver
and transceiver to idle state times out for chips where the status
bits in question just never change (observed in detail with DM9102A)
and therefore the warning would be highly likely false positive. [2]
- In dc_ifmedia_sts() add a missing DC_UNLOCK().
Tested by: Hans-Joerg Sirtl on amd64 [1]
PR: 82681 [2]
Obtained from: NetBSD tlp(4) [2]
MFC after: 1 week
Rename MAX_SAMPLE_RATES macro to OSS_MAX_SAMPLE_RATES. The old
macro clashed with those used in other applications and libaries
(ex: RtAudio). 4Front responded by updating their spec, so we
will follow suit.
Submitted by: ryanb
Noticed by: pointyhat/kris
new device support, and it is hoped a more stable driver for 6.2. RELEASE.
This checkin was discussed and approved today by RE, scottl, jhb, and pdeuskar
keyboard is attached only after the system has already booted.
If USB keyboard is also present, and there's no kbdmux(4), the problem
has been hiding itself because as soon as we get to multi-user, the
USB keyboard becomes an active keyboard (see devd.conf), thus marking
atkbd inactive and letting the old code initialize the keyboard.
With kbdmux(4), or if there's no USB keyboard, the atkbd keyboard is
always active, whether it's physically attached or not, thus it never
initialized itself properly on a physical attach.
To fix this, move block that initialized the keyboard on attach upper
so it doesn't depend on the (KBD_IS_ACTIVE(kbd) && KBD_IS_BUSY(kbd))
condition. Also move KBD_FOUND_DEVICE() a few lines upper so that
KDSETLED and KDSETREPEAT that follow it propagate to the controller.
MFC after: 3 days
: revision 1.27
: date: 2000/05/28 12:43:24; author: ache; state: Exp; lines: +3 -2
: Manipulate with AltGR Led (really CapsLock Led) only in K_XLATE mode, because
: all other modes not set ALKED flag and it means that CapsLock always turned
: off for them.
: Real bug example is X11 which never turn on CapsLock with Russian keyboard.
:
: PR: 18651
: Submitted by: "Mike E. Matsnev" <mike@po.cs.msu.su>
MFC after: 3 days
and TCP checksum offloading fine, it only has a problem with IP checksums on
IP fragments.. Barring a fix or workaround available from the hardware, the
real solution would be to have finer grained control in the stack over what
can and cannot be assisted in hardware.
yet to be investigated circumstances. If that happens truncate to the number
of rates that the firmware supports.
Found by: Jeremie Le Hen
Obtained from: OpenBSD (w/ changes)
MFC after: 3 days
kept unused in the ring. This check should probably be moved up to
bce_start_locked at some point, as it'll make the loop up there slightly
more efficient, and will eliminate a costly set of busdma operations when
the ring is full. But this works for now.
This makes all of my UDP torture tests work. I'll cautiously say that
it might even work for other users now. Feedback is appreciated.
If the length is zero, catch this early, instead of making dflen go negative
and letting bad things happen... We also check to see if RV (checksum) is
0, and handle that has a checksum failure...
Properly handle checksum failures by not processing read-write VPD data,
and removing all the found read-only data...
Tested by: oleg (dflen going negative)
should be easily adapted to SD 2.0 (aka SDHC), SDIO, MMC and MMCplus
cards. At the present time, there's only one bridge driver for the
ARM9 based Atmel AT91RM9200.
tasks. Since the host controllers rely on tasks to process transfer
timeouts, if a synchronous transfer from a driver was invoked from
a task and timed out, it would never complete because the single
task thread was stuck performing the synchronous transfer so couldn't
process the timeout.
This affected the axe, udav and ural drivers.
Problem hardware provided by: guido
long being DMA'ed 2 (or 1) bytes past the end of the mbuf and corrupting
random kernel memory. I had forgotten about the 2 bytes of implict
padding the firmware assumes.
Sponsored by: Myricom Inc.
- Fix the locking protocol to eliminate races between normal I/O and AENs.
- Various small improvements and usability tweaks.
Sponsored by: IronPort
Portions Submitted by: Doug Ambrisko
- Use bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg() to eliminate the need for the callback and
all of the extra bookkeeping associated with it.
- Eliminate the bce_dmamap_arg structure and streamline the memory allocation
routines to not need it. This does change some of the debugging messages.
- Refactor the loop that fills the buffer descriptor so that it can be done
with a single set of logic in a single loop instead of two sets of logic.
- Eliminate the need to cache and pass descriptor indexes between the start
loop and the encap function.
- Change the start loop to always check the ifnet sendq for more work.
This significantly helps the driver withstand large UDP workloads, though
it's still not perfect. I suspect the remaining work lies with handling
the OACTIVE flag, and also in possibly streamlining the interrupt handler
some. It is, however, nearly on par with the other popular gigabit drivers
in terms of stability now.
- Add entries in the uscanner.4 man page (along with missing 3500).
PR: usb/100957 [1], usb/100992 [2]
Submitted by: Jim Teresco <terescoj@teresco.org> [1],
Walter C. Pelissero <walter.pelissero@iesy.net> [2]
MFC after: 3 days
will fix a problem where you boot w/ the default of autoselect, but then
set the speed to 100/full, the switch will keep the autoselect/100/full
negotiation... This will continue to work till someone resets the switch
or unplugs the cable resulting in the switch failing to autoneg and falling
back to 100/half, causing a hard to track down duplex mismatch..
Submitted by: nCircle Network Security, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
- Add support for the Conexant Waikiki/CX20551-22, found
in most Toshiba P100 series laptops. Despite of growing
urban legend of "unsupported Conexant", this codec is fully
supported in this driver.
Note: Toshiba P100 has broken (acpi) BIOS, thus rendering
its soundchip useless. Please disable ACPI, or get
BIOS updates (if any).
Found/tested by: Vulpes Velox <v.velox@vvelox.net>
URL: http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-multimedia/2006-September/004896.html
- Parser cleanups to handle possible oss/mixer collision. Found
after parsing Conexant Waikiki nodes.
- Increase resilient against resource failure during attach/detach.
- Implement simple config through hint.pcm.<unit>.config. Supported
options:
gpio0 (default on Acer), gpio1, gpio2, softpcmvol,
fixedrate (default), forcestereo (default)
* Option prefixed with "no" (such as "nofixedrate") will do
the opposite.
* Options can be separated using space " " or comma ",".
* The "no" option will take precedence over anything else.
Example:
hint.pcm.0.config="gpio2,nofixedrate,noforcestereo,nogpio0,softpcmvol"
hint.pcm.0.config="softpcmvol noforcestereo"
or not the OS has to wait for RX_RDY or TX_RDY to be set before the OS sets
the control code in the control/status register. Looking at the interface
design, it seems that RX_RDY and TX_RDY are probably there to protect
access to the data register and have nothing to do with the control/status
register. Nevertheless, try to take what I think is the more conservative
approach and always wait for the appropriate [TR]X_RDY flag to be set
before writing any of the WR_NEXT, WR_END, RD_START, or RD_NEXT control
codes to the control/status register.
close and re-open the default pipe instead of relying on the host
controller driver to notice the changes. Remove the unreliable code
that attempted to update these fields while the pipe was active.
This fixes a case where the hardware could cache and continue to
use the old address, resulting in a "getting first desc failed"
error.
PR: usb/103167
- Fix support for ASUS M5200ae (buggy BIOS)
- Fix few problems, reported by Coverity Prevent (TM).
CID: 246991, 246676, 246675, 246674, 246477
Found by: Coverity Prevent (TM)
The parallel LINT build sometimes broke if kernel-depend wasn't
fast enough in generating ukbdmap.h. If someone thinks this
option would still be useful for the module, a proper fix is
to add the code generating ukbdmap.h into modules/ukbd/Makefile
and backing this change out.
Add support for Intel High Definition Audio Controller.
This driver make a special guarantee that "playback" works
on majority hardwares with minimal or without specific vendor
quirk.
This driver is a product of collaborative effort made by:
Stephane E. Potvin <sepotvin@videotron.ca>
Andrea Bittau <a.bittau@cs.ucl.ac.uk>
Wesley Morgan <morganw@chemikals.org>
Daniel Eischen <deischen@FreeBSD.org>
Maxime Guillaud <bsd-ports@mguillaud.net>
Ariff Abdullah <ariff@FreeBSD.org>
....and various people from freebsd-multimedia@FreeBSD.org
Refer to snd_hda(4) for features and issues.
Welcome To HDA.
Sponsored by: Defenxis Sdn. Bhd.
This driver make a special guarantee that "playback" works
on majority hardwares with minimal or without specific vendor
quirk.
This driver is a product of collaborative effort made by:
Stephane E. Potvin <sepotvin@videotron.ca>
Andrea Bittau <a.bittau@cs.ucl.ac.uk>
Wesley Morgan <morganw@chemikals.org>
Daniel Eischen <deischen@FreeBSD.org>
Maxime Guillaud <bsd-ports@mguillaud.net>
Ariff Abdullah <ariff@FreeBSD.org>
....and various people from freebsd-multimedia@FreeBSD.org
Refer to snd_hda(4) for features and issues.
Welcome To HDA.
Sponsored by: Defenxis Sdn. Bhd.
- fix multiple initialization of the first codec (support for more than
one codec should be added in the future)
- use spicds instead of ak452x module
Submitted by: "Konstantin Dimitrov" <kosio.dimitrov@gmail.com>
stripping was disabled due to being in promisc mode. This is a hardware
bug. Update comment to explicitly state the reason the manual vlan tag
insertion in this case. See rev. 1.53 for further information as well.
Noticed by: jhb
generic vlan_start() takes care of it when vlan hardware insertion is disabled.
In em_set_promisc() add a note that BPF may also be enabled without going into
promisc mode.
Reviewed by: jfv
IP options and add skeleton IPv6 support. The new code structure can also be
easily enhanced to support new/more protocols (SCTP) in the future.
Reviewed by: jfv
and add skeleton IPv6 support. The new code structure can also be easily
enhanced to support new/more protocols (SCTP) and IP fragmentation in the
future.
In em_encap() only try to do TSO if 'dotso' is true.
Reviewed by: jfv
- EFBIG means the mbuf chain was too long and bus_dma ran out of segments.
Defragment the mbuf chain and try again. (Already existed, not changed.)
- ENOMEM means bus_dma could not obtain enough bounce buffers at this point
in time. Defer sending and try again later.
- All other errors, in particular EINVAL, are fatal and prevent the mbuf
chain from ever going through. Drop it and report error.
- Checking (nsegs == 0) is unnecessary as bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg() always
reports an error if it is < 1.
This prevents broken packets from clogging the interface queue indefinately.
Discussed with: scottl
Reviewed by: jfv
commit.
1) sys/dev/sound/pcm/sound.h
sys/dev/sound/pcm/channel.c
* Be more specific: SD_F_SOFTVOL -> SD_F_SOFTPCMVOL
2) sys/dev/sound/pcm/mixer.[ch]
* Implement
mix_setparentchild()
mix_setrealdev()
mix_getparent()
mix_getchild()
The purpose of these functions is implement relative volume
adjustment, such as to tie two or more mixer device into a
single logical device. Usefull for the upcoming HDA driver
and few AC97 codec (such as AD1981B) where the master volume
"vol" need to be implemented using this logical manner.
3) sys/dev/sound/pcm/ac97_patch.[ch]
* Patch for AD1981B codec to enable (automuting) headphone jack sense.
4) sys/dev/sound/pcm/ac97.c
* Implement proper logical master volume for AD9181B codec
through various mix_set{parentchild,realdev}(). Tie both
"ogain" (headphone volume) and "phone" (speaker/lineout) to
a logical "vol".
5) sys/dev/sound/pcm/usb/uaudio_pcm.c
* ditto, for "vol" -> { "pcm" }.
MFC after: 1 month
ioctls passing integer arguments should use the _IOWINT() macro.
This fixes a lot of ioctl's not working on sparc64, most notable
being keyboard/syscons ioctls.
Full ABI compatibility is provided, with the bonus of fixing the
handling of old ioctls on sparc64.
Reviewed by: bde (with contributions)
Tested by: emax, marius
MFC after: 1 week
The key problem was that the aperture size detection using the MSAC bit
doesn't work -- the bit appears to be set even when it shouldn't be. Linux
takes a different approach, testing for a bit of the GMADR (PCIR_BAR(2)) being
set. However, as I don't think that's a safe way to test aperture size, we
just allocate the resource and check its size. This also pointed out that
agp_generic_attach hadn't been allocating our aperture resource, which may
have caused problems in some cases.
Also corrected is a minor copy-and-pasteo in an error case.
PR: kern/103079
Submitted by: mnag
Tested on: i945GM, i915GM
MFC after: 2 weeks
The goal was to sync with the OSSv4 API 4Front Technologies uses in their
proprietary OSS driver. This was successful as far as possible. The part
of the API which is stable is implemented, for the rest there are some
stubs already.
New system ioctls:
- SNDCTL_SYSINFO - obtain audio system info (version, # of audio/midi/
mixer devices, etc.)
- SNDCTL_AUDIOINFO - fetch details about a specific audio device
- SNDCTL_MIXERINFO - fetch details about a specific mixer device
New audio ioctls:
- Sync groups (SNDCTL_DSP_SYNCGROUP/SNDCTL_DSP_SYNCSTART) which allow
triggered playback/recording on multiple devices (even across processes
simultaneously).
- Peak meters (SNDCTL_DSP_GETIPEAKS/SNDCTL_DSP_GETOPEAKS) - can query
audio drivers for peak levels (needs driver support, disabled for now).
- Per channel playback/recording levels -
SNDCTL_DSP_{GET,SET}{PLAY,REC}VOL. Note that these are still in name
only, just wrapping around the AC97-style mixer at the moment. The next
step is to push them down to the drivers.
Audio ioctls still under development by 4Front (for which stubs may exist
in this commit):
- SNDCTL_GETNAME, SNDCTL_{GET,SET}{SONG,LABEL}
- SNDCTL_DSP_{GET,SET}_CHNORDER
- SNDCTL_MIX_ENUMINFO, SNDCTL_MIX_EXTINFO - (might be documented enough in
the OSS releases to work on this. These ioctls cover the cool "twiddle
any knob on your card" features.)
Missing:
- SNDCTL_DSP_COOKEDMODE -- this ioctl is used to give applications direct
access to a card's buffers, bypassing the feeder architecture. It's
a toughy -- "someone" needs to decide :
(a) if this is desireable, and (b) if it's reasonably feasible.
Updates for driver writers:
So far, only two routines to the channel class (in channel_if.m) are added.
One is for fetching a list of discrete supported playback/recording rates
of a channel, and the other is for fetching peak level info (useful for
drawing peak meters). Interested parties may want to help pushing down
SNDCTL_DSP_{GET,SET}{PLAY,REC}VOL into the drivers.
To use the new stuff you need to rebuild the sound drivers or your kernel
(depending on if you use modules or not) and to install soundcard.h (a
buildworld/installworld handles this).
Sponsored by: Google SoC 2006
Submitted by: ryanb
Many thanks to: 4Front Technologies for their cooperation, explanations
and the nice license of their soundcard.h.
- Split out the communication protocols into their own files and use
a couple of function pointers in the softc that the commuication
protocols setup in their own attach routine.
- Add support for the SSIF interface (talking to IPMI over SMBus).
- Add an ACPI attachment.
- Add a PCI attachment that attaches to devices with the IPMI interface
subclass.
- Split the ISA attachment out into its own file: ipmi_isa.c.
- Change the code to probe the SMBIOS table for an IPMI entry to just use
pmap_mapbios() to map the table in rather than trying to setup a fake
resource on an isa device and then activating the resource to map in the
table.
- Make bus attachments leaner by adding attach functions for each
communication interface (ipmi_kcs_attach(), ipmi_smic_attach(), etc.)
that setup per-interface data.
- Formalize the model used by the driver to handle requests by adding an
explicit struct ipmi_request object that holds the state of a given
request and reply for the entire lifetime of the request. By bundling
the request into an object, it is easier to add retry logic to the various
communication backends (as well as eventually support BT mode which uses
a slightly different message format than KCS, SMIC, and SSIF).
- Add a per-softc lock and remove D_NEEDGIANT as the driver is now MPSAFE.
- Add 32-bit compatibility ioctl shims so you can use a 32-bit ipmitool
on FreeBSD/amd64.
- Add ipmi(4) to i386 and amd64 NOTES.
Submitted by: ambrisko (large portions of 2 and 3)
Sponsored by: IronPort Systems, Yahoo!
MFC after: 6 days
Unfortunately, the QUEUE FULL event only tells you Bus && Target.
It doesn't tell you lun. In order for the XPT_REL_SIMQ action to
work, we have to have a real lun. But which one? For now, just
iterate over MPT_MAX_LUNS.
Practically speaking, this is only going to be happening for lower
quality SAS or SATA drives behind the SAS controller, which means
only lun 0, so it's not so bad.
Helpful Reminder Nagging from: John Baldwin, Fred Whiteside
MFC after: 5 days
of the chip to let ASF/IPMI firmware to respond to IPMI after attaching
and when the chip is down. David looked at it but could really say
what they right minimal config. stuff would be. It's not documented.
I figured this out via trial and error.
Reviewed by: davidch
is incorrect, and causes endianness bugs on 64-bit big-endian
machines (sparc64), it's the best choice for now, as many of
these IOCTLs are used inside the kernel, and bogusly pass an
argument as "int *" which results in unaligned access panics
on sparc64 when attempting to dereference them via *(intptr_t *).
(Several of us are working on a real fix, which is uneasy.)
part of the hal distribution early on when the hal was built for
each os but it's been portable for a long time so move the os-specific
code out (and off the vendor branch)
o correct the copyright on ah_osdep.?; it was mistakenly given a
restricted license and not a dual-bsd/gpl license
o remove the module api definition as it was never used
o fixup include paths for move of ah_osdep.h
MFC after: 2 weeks
with other commonly used sysctl name spaces, rather than declaring them
all over the place.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc.
m_pkthdr.ether_vlan. The presence of the M_VLANTAG flag on the mbuf
signifies the presence and validity of its content.
Drivers that support hardware VLAN tag stripping fill in the received
VLAN tag (containing both vlan and priority information) into the
ether_vtag mbuf packet header field:
m->m_pkthdr.ether_vtag = vlan_id; /* ntohs()? */
m->m_flags |= M_VLANTAG;
to mark the packet m with the specified VLAN tag.
On output the driver should check the mbuf for the M_VLANTAG flag to
see if a VLAN tag is present and valid:
if (m->m_flags & M_VLANTAG) {
... = m->m_pkthdr.ether_vtag; /* htons()? */
... pass tag to hardware ...
}
VLAN tags are stored in host byte order. Byte swapping may be necessary.
(Note: This driver conversion was mechanic and did not add or remove any
byte swapping in the drivers.)
Remove zone_mtag_vlan UMA zone and MTAG_VLAN definition. No more tag
memory allocation have to be done.
Reviewed by: thompsa, yar
Sponsored by: TCP/IP Optimization Fundraise 2005
- Added support for multicast filtering, now that the firmware
supports it. Note that this is not yet tested, as multicast
seems to panic -current (even w/o mxge loaded)
- Added workaround to cope with different irq data struct size on
pre-multicast firmware which can found running on nics.
- Added Intel E5000 PCIe chipsets to list providing aligned completions.
- Replaced various magic constants with #defines, now that they are
defined in the firmware headers.
in the transmit busdma tag, so I moved the segment list off the
stack.
- Fixed transmit routine to ensure it doesn't read past the end
of an mbuf when parsing headers.
- Corrected handling of odd length segments. Setting MXGEFW_FLAGS_ALIGN_ODD
is required only when offloading the checksum of that frame.
Sponsored by: Myricom Inc.
if_watchdog, etc., or in functions used only in these methods.
In all other functions in the driver use device_printf().
- Use __func__ instead of typing function name.
Submitted by: Alex Lyashkov <umka sevcity.net>
if_ioctl, if_watchdog, etc, or in functions that are used by
these methods only. In all other cases use device_printf().
This also fixes several panics, when if_printf() is called before
softc->ifp was initialized.
Submitted by: Alex Lyashkov <umka sevcity.net>
in syscons. This replaces a simple access semaphore that was assumed to be
protected by Giant but often was not. If two threads that were otherwise
SMP-safe called printf at the same time, there was a high likelyhood that
the semaphore would get corrupted and result in a permanently frozen video
console. This is similar to what is already done in the serial console
drivers.
Instead, we want busses to explicitly specify an add_child routine if they
want to support identify routines, but by default disallow having outside
drivers add devices.
- Give smbus(4) an explicit bus_add_child() method.
Requested by: imp
- Change smbus_callback() to pass a void * rather than caddr_t.
- Change smbus_bread() to pass a pointer to the count and have it be an
in/out parameter. The input is the size of the buffer (same as before),
but on return it will contain the actual amount of data read back from
the bus. Note that this value may be larger than the input value. It
is up to the caller to treat this as an error if desired.
- Change the SMB_BREAD ioctl to write out the updated struct smbcmd which
will contain the actual number of bytes read in the 'count' field. To
preserve the previous ABI, the old ioctl value is mapped to SMB_OLD_BREAD
which doesn't copy the updated smbcmd back out to userland. I doubt anyone
actually used the old BREAD anyway as it was rediculous to do a bulk-read
but not tell the using program how much data was actually read.
- Make the smbus driver and devclass public in the smbus module and
push all the DRIVER_MODULE()'s for attaching the smbus driver to
various foosmb drivers out into the foosmb modules. This makes all
the foosmb logic centralized and allows new foosmb modules to be
self-contained w/o having to hack smbus.c everytime a new smbus driver
is added.
- Add a new SMB_EINVAL error bit and use it in place of EINVAL to return
an error for bad arguments (such as invalid counts for bread and bwrite).
- Map SMB bus error bits to EIO in smbus_error().
- Make the smbus driver call bus_generic_probe() and require child drivers
such as smb(4) to create device_t's via identify routines. Previously,
smbus just created one anonymous device during attach, and if you had
multiple drivers that could attach it was just random chance as to which
driver got to probe for the sole device_t first.
- Add a mutex to the smbus(4) softc and use it in place of dummy splhigh()
to protect the 'owner' field and perform necessary synchronization for
smbus_request_bus() and smbus_release_bus().
- Change the bread() and bwrite() methods of alpm(4), amdpm(4), and
viapm(4) to only perform a single transaction and not try to use a
loop of multiple transactions for a large request. The framing and
commands to use for a large transaction depend on the upper-layer
protocol (such as SSIF for IPMI over SMBus) from what I can tell, and the
smb(4) driver never allowed bulk read/writes of more than 32-bytes
anyway. The other smb drivers only performed single transactions.
- Fix buffer overflows in the bread() methods of ichsmb(4), alpm(4),
amdpm(4), amdsmb(4), intpm(4), and nfsmb(4).
- Use SMB_xxx errors in viapm(4).
- Destroy ichsmb(4)'s mutex after bus_generic_detach() to avoid problems
from child devices making smb upcalls that would use the mutex during
their detach methods.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: jmg (mostly)
to it. Try to co-operate with the IPMI/ASF firmware accessing the PHY.
One we get link we don't mess with the PHY. If we do then over time
the NIC will go off line. It would be nice if we could tell if IPMI
was enabled on the chip but I can't figure out a reliable way to do
that. The scheme I tried worked on a Dell PE850 but not on an HP machine.
So we assume any NIC that has ASF capability needs to deal with it.
The code was inspired by the support in Linux from kernel.org and Broadcom.
Broadcom did give me some info. but it is rather limited and is mostly
just what is in the Linux driver. Thanks to the numerous people that
helped debug the many prior versions and that I didn't break other
bge(4) HW.
Reviewed by: several people
Tested by: even more
Ever since rev 1.68 re(4) checks the validity of link in re_start.
But rlphy(4) got a garbled data due to a different bit layout used on
8139C+ and it couldn't report correct link state. To fix it, ignore
BMCR_LOOP and BMCR_ISO bits which have different meanings on 8139C+.
I think this also make dhclient(8) work on 8139C+.
Reported by: Gerrit Kuehn <gerrit AT pmp DOT uni-hannover DOT de>
Tested by: Gerrit Kuehn <gerrit AT pmp DOT uni-hannover DOT de>
is to able to be called after *all* attach and enable events are done.
We establish a SYSINIT hook to call this handler. The current usage for it
is to add scsi target resources *after* all enables are done. There seems
to be some dependencies between different halves of a dual-port with respect
to target mode.
Put in more meaningful event messages for some events- in particular
QUEUE FULL events so we can see what the queue depth was when the
IOC sent us this message.
MFC after: 1 week
- Add support for Intel 965 Express chipsets.
- Add support for R200 vertex programs, along with minor bugfixes.
- Add support for vblank synchronization to pipe B of Intel hardware
(laptop screens).
AEN. This makes the boot messages cleaner. I now know how this
structure works so I can implement it versus guessing. Remove the
not ready type code since it is ready now.
I added the time stamp/locale/class so people can parse messages better.
Create a sysctl so that we can set the locale/class level.
s/device_ptr_t/device_t/g
No md5 changes in the .o's
# Note to the md5 tracking club: $FreeBSD$ changes md5 after every commit
# so you need to checkout -kk to get $FreeBSD$ instead of the actual value
# of the keyword.
This helps systems that don't actually have atkbd controllers, such as the Intel
SBX82 blade, boot without device.hints hacks.
Hardware for this fix provided by iXsystems.
PR: 94822
Submitted by: Devon H. O'Dell <devon.odell@coyotepoint.com>
MFC After: 3 days
required by arches like sparc64 (not yet implemented) and sun4v where there
are seperate IOMMU's for each PCI bus... For all other arches, it will
end up returning NULL, which makes it a no-op...
Convert a few drivers (the ones we've been working w/ on sun4v) to the
new convection... Eventually all drivers will need to replace the parent
tag of NULL, w/ bus_get_dma_tag(dev), though dev is usually different for
each driver, and will require hand inspection...
Reviewed by: scottl (earlier version)
register. This really shouldn't be using pci_enable_io() directly as
bus_alloc_resource() does it already, but the cached copy of the
command word needs to be correct so the enable/disable mwi functions
work properly.
- Use pci bus accessors to read revision ID and subvendor IDs.
Reviewed by: jvogel
LCDs to blink in the V_DISPLAY_ON case, at least in combination with
some 13W3-VGA-adaptors (what's exactly going on is unclear though,
as it happens when all of H-sync, V-sync and video output are enabled
and not touching the sync bits from the preset fixes it). Thus
creator_blank_display() now is reduced to turning the video output
on/off.
Although that DPMS code did what the XFree86/Xorg sunffb(4x) does,
it was questionable in the first place, as both implementations
also turn(ed) off the video output on standby and suspend, thus most
likely causing the monitor to turn off instead of entering standby
or suspend as intended (at least my monitors don't).
Reported and tested by: Patrick Reich
MFC after: 3 days
Following issues should be resolved:
- random watchdog timeouts (caused by concurrent phy access)
- some link state issues
- non working TX if media type was set explicitly
PR: kern/98738
Approved by: glebius (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
conditions. The cause of missing Tx completion interrupts comes from
Tx interrupt moderation mechanism(delayed interrupts) or chipset bug.
If Tx interrupt moderation mechanism is the cause of false watchdog
timeout error we should have to fix all device drivers that have Tx
interrupt moderation capability. We may need more investigation
for this issue. Anyway, the fix is the same for both cases.
This should fix occasional watchdog timeout errors seen on a few
systems.
Reported by: -net, Patrick M. Hausen < hausen AT punkt DOT de >
Tested by: Patrick M. Hausen < hausen AT punkt DOT de >
misc. control registers correctly and it is inconsistent with north bridge.
In fact, there are too many broken BIOS implementations out there and we
cannot fix every possible combination but at least it is consistent with
what we advertise with ioctl(2).
it ended up defaulting to ISP_ROLE_NONE. My testing hadn't caught it
because I was deliberatly setting role via ioctl.
Thanks to user Toni for lending me an alpha to test this on.
MFC after: 0 days
Reported by: Nick Withers < nick AT nickwithers DOT com >
Tested by: Nick Withers < nick AT nickwithers DOT com >
No objection from: ariff
MFC after: 1 week
i386 (I don't know) but on amd64 at hand here, it paniced early at
boot.
(I'm pretty sure that PAGE_SIZE here was miscopied from another place
during porting, where in OpenBSD bus_dmamem_alloc() is used, but there
PAGE_SIZE means completely different thing.)
options field in register 10 will be deterministic, not random.
Correct the number of input bits for EXECUTE_FIRMWARE 0..1 to
0..2- the 2322 and 24XX cards use mailbox register 2 to specify
whether the f/w being executed is freshly loaded or not.
Correct the number of input bits for {READ,WRITE}_RAM_WORD_EXTENDED
so that register 8 gets picked up.
Fix the indexing and offset for the 2322 f/w download so that it
correctly puts the different code segments where they belong.
Move VERIFY_CHECKSUM to be the 'else' clause to 2322 f/w downloads-
the EXECUTE_FIRMWARE command for 2322 and 24XX cards will tell you
if the f/w checksum is incorrect and VERIFY_CHECKSUM only works for
RISC SRAM address < 64K so you can only do a VERIFY_CHECKSUM on the
first of the 3 f/w segments for the 2322.
Shorten the delay for the continuation mailbox commands- 1ms is
ridiculous (100us is more likely).
All of the more or less is really only for the 2322/6322 cards.
Previously em(4) requeued the failed mbuf chains from
bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) failure to resend it later. However,
bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) may never complete its request as the
fragmented frames can have more than EM_MAX_SCATTER segments.
To handle the above EFBIG case, defragment the frame with m_defrag(9)
and free the mbuf chain if it can't deframent the chain due to
resource shortage.
Reviewed by glebius (with improvements)
o Create one more spare DMA map for Rx handler to recover from
bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) failure.
o Make sure to update status bit in Rx descriptors even if we failed
to allocate a new buffer. Previously it resulted in stuck condition
and em_handle_rxtx task took up all available CPU cycles.
o Don't blindly unload DMA map. Reuse loaded DMA map if received
packet has errors. This would speed up Rx processing a bit under
heavy load as it does not need to reload DMA map in case of error.
(bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) is the most expensive call in driver
context.)
o Update if_iqdrops counter if it can't allocate a mbuf cluster.
With this change it's now possible to see queue dropped packets
with netstat(1).
o Update mbuf_cluster_failed counter if fixup code failed to
allocate mbuf header.
o Return ENOBUFS instead of ENOMEM in case of Rx fixup failure.
o Make adapter->lmp NULL in case of Rx fixup failure. Strictly
specking it's not necessary for correct operation but it makes
the intention clear.
o Remove now unused dropped_pkts member in softc.
With these changes em(4) should survive mbuf cluster allocation
failure on Rx path.
Reviewed by: pdeuskar, glebius (with improvements)
MCLBYTES - ETHER_ALIGN. Previously it applied the alignment fixup code
for oversized frames which would result in reduced performance on
strict alignment archs.
o when turning off the socket for a 16-bit card, write 0 to INTR register
rather than just tying to just clear the rest bit. this seems to fix
card insert detection after an eject on TI bridges (ricoh bridges work
either way, apparently). This is a MFp4.
o Cope better with TOPIC95 bridges on powerup. According to NetBSD driver,
these bridges don't set POWER_STATE, so cope accordingly in our power
code. They also need a little extra time to settle, so do that as well.
o It appears that we need to turn on/off one of the clocks to the card
when we power up/down that socket on a TOPIC97, also from NetBSD.
o TOPIC97 bridges need to specifically enable LV card support. Unconditionally
do this in the hopes that all laptops that have these chips support LV
voltages (they should, since they are required for CardBus).
o TOPIC register name regularization. Registers specific to models of TOPIC
are now called out as such.
# I need a machine with a TOPIC95 for testing.
space that enables low voltage operation (and maybe other stuff).
Enable the bits in this register so low voltage 16-bit cards may work.
Existance noticed in NetBSD driver.
think the RealTek PHY needs driver to set RGEPHY_BMCR_AUTOEN bit of
RGEPHY_MII_BMCR register and proper ANAR register setting for manual
media type selection.
This fixes long standing manual media type selection bug in rgephy(4).
Reported by: Jelte Jansen <jelte AT NLnetLabs DOT nl>
Tested by: Jelte Jansen <jelte AT NLnetLabs DOT nl>
Use proper pointer dereference to inform modified mbuf chains to
caller.
While I'm here perform checksum offload setup after loading DMA
maps.
In collaboration with: glebius
Use proper pointer dereference to inform modified mbuf chains to
caller.
While I'm here perform checksum offload setup after loading DMA
maps as m_defrag(9) can return new mbuf chains.
In collaboration with: glebius
WB (write-back) on x86 via control bits in PTEs and PDEs (including making
use of the PAT MSR). Changes include:
- A new pmap_mapdev_attr() function for amd64 and i386 which takes an
additional parameter (relative to pmap_mapdev()) specifying the cache
mode for this mapping. Note that on amd64 only WB mappings are done with
the direct map, all other modes result in a private mapping.
- pmap_mapdev() on i386 and amd64 now defaults to using UC (uncached)
mappings rather than WB. Previously we relied on the BIOS setting up
MTRR's to enforce memio regions being treated as UC. This might make
hw.cbb_start_memory unnecessary in some cases now for example.
- A new pmap_mapbios()/pmap_unmapbios() API has been added to allow places
that used pmap_mapdev() to map non-device memory (such as ACPI tables)
to do so using WB as before.
- A new pmap_change_attr() function for amd64 and i386 that changes the
caching mode for a range of KVA.
Reviewed by: alc
82571EB quad port copper NIC and has few minor fixes.
Details:
- if_em.c. Merged manually, viewing diff between new vendor
driver and previous one.
- if_em_hw.c. Dropped in from vendor, and then restored
revision 1.15.
o include current tx rate in stats so athstats gets a consistent
snapshot and doesn't have to make an extra ioctl
o record tx rate for raw frames
MFC after: 3 weeks
of geometry. However, some platforms have a more complicated mapping
of the firmware values to the actual values. pc98 is the only
platform that currently does this. This mapping is necessary for
large disks connected to pc98 boxes, as the firmware labels require do
special hacks to the actual geometry for interoperability. We cannot
do this all in the geom layer because of initialization issues (geom
looks for an already initialized pc98 label, but we need the geometry
information prior to initialization, classic chicken and egg problem).
We pass the disk and the device_t to this function because the
geometry mapping depends on what kind of controller is used.
This hook allows platforms that want to override things to do so, and
has 0 overhead on all other platforms. These patches have been in use
locally for a long time, and received good feedback from the pc98
community and sos@ at various times during their development.
MFC After: 1 week
cards stopped working. Specifically the AVM B1 PCMCIA Card no longer
detected. Its CIS chain read back as all FF's. Putting the delay
back solves those problems. I've opted to put in a much shorter delay
because as far as I can tell, no delay is really needed here. We'll
see how well this works in practice.
function independently. This change is not only load-tested since I don't
have hardware that supports acpi_dock. Clean up comments and a name a
few constants.
is interaction between in-kernel sound buffer handling and hardware.
With small buffer, there are times when both harwdare reads and
kernel writes to the same buffer (it is only visible on slow machines, i
think). I'm digging in channel.c and buffer.c to find a solution that
allow use of large hardware buffers without sound lags - hardware can
handle buffers up to 32Mb."
Submitted by: Yuriy Tsibizov <Yuriy.Tsibizov@gfk.ru>
that aren't listed as valid in the link device's set of possible IRQs.
This allows the hints to be used to work around broken BIOSes that don't
specify the correct ste of possible IRQs. A warning is issued in the
dmesg in this case to be consistent with the $PIR handling code.
MFC after: 1 week
This enables the scanner function on these devices to be detected
and probed by uscanner(4), but only when ulpt is not loaded.
PR: usb/92462
Submitted by: Friedrich Volkmann
MFC after: 30 days
the notify structs. Fix messages in isp_got_msg_fc to print out the
loop id of the sender- not the wwpn which will be synthesized later,
if possible, in the outer layers. Put in debug printouts to pair
a notify ack to a notify so one can see the start/close of an
immediate notify event. Put in spsace for TASK MANAGEMENT response
flags (which we don't do yet).
80003 NICs and NICs found on ICH8 mobos, and improves support for
already known chips.
Details:
- if_em.c. Merged manually, viewing diff between new vendor
driver and previous one. This was an easy task, because
most changes between 5.1.5 and 6.0.5 are bugfixes taken
from FreeBSD.
- if_em_hw.h. Dropped in from vendor, and then restored
revisions 1.16, 1.17, 1.18.
- if_em_hw.c. Dropped in from vendor, and then restored
revision 1.15.
- if_em_osdep.h. Added new required macros from vendor file
and add a hack against define namespace mangling in
if_em_hw.h. Intel made another hack, but I prefer mine.
alloc'ing mbufs so that there is less error handling required.
- Go ahead and account for the data space in the first mbuf before entering
the loop to alloc more mbuf's. This simplifies the loop logic and avoids
confusing Coverity.
CID: 817
Reviewed by: sam
Tested by: pjd
Found by: Coverity Prevent (tm)
PowerPC-based Apple's machines and small utility to do it from
userland modelled after the similar utility in Darwin/OSX.
Only tested on 1.25GHz G4 Mac Mini.
MFC after: 1 month
- Change the workaround for the autopad/checksum offload bug so that
instead of lying about the map size, we actually create a properly
padded mbuf and map it as usual. The other trick works, but is ugly.
This approach also gives us a chance to zero the pad space to avoid
possibly leaking data.
- With the PCIe devices, it looks issuing a TX command while there's
already a transmission in progress doesn't have any effect. In other
words, if you send two packets in rapid succession, the second one may
end up sitting in the TX DMA ring until another transmit command is
issued later in the future. Basically, if re_txeof() sees that there
are still descriptors outstanding, it needs to manually resume the
TX DMA channel by issuing another TX command to make sure all
transmissions are flushed out. (The PCI devices seem to keep the
TX channel moving until all descriptors have been consumed. I'm not
sure why the PCIe devices behave differently.)
(You can see this issue if you do the following test: plug an re(4)
interface into another host via crossover cable, and from the other
host do 'ping -c 2 <host with re(4) NIC>' to prime the ARP cache,
then do 'ping -c 1 -s 1473 <host with re(4) NIC>'. You're supposed
to see two packets sent in response, but you may only see one. If
you do 'ping -c 1 -s 1473 <host with re(4) NIC>' again, you'll
see two packets, but one will be the missing fragment from the last
ping, followed by one of the fragments from this ping.)
- Add the PCI ID for the US Robotics 997902 NIC, which is based on
the RTL8169S.
- Add a tsleep() of 1 second in re_detach() after the interrupt handler
is disconnected. This should allow any tasks queued up by the ISR
to drain. Now, I know you're supposed to use taskqueue_drain() for
this, but something about the way taskqueue_drain() works with
taskqueue_fast queues doesn't seem quite right, and I refuse to be
tricked into fixing it.
- Correct the PCI ID for the 8169SC/8110SC in the device list (I added
the macro for it to if_rlreg.h before, but forgot to use it.)
- Remove the extra interrupt spinlock I added previously. After giving it
some more thought, it's not really needed.
- Work around a hardware bug in some versions of the 8169. When sending
very small IP datagrams with checksum offload enabled, a conflict can
occur between the TX autopadding feature and the hardware checksumming
that can corrupt the outbound packet. This is the reason that checksum
offload sometimes breaks NFS: if you're using NFS over UDP, and you're
very unlucky, you might find yourself doing a fragmented NFS write where
the last fragment is smaller than the minimum ethernet frame size (60
bytes). (It's rare, but if you keep NFS running long enough it'll
happen.) If checksum offload is enabled, the chip will have to both
autopad the fragment and calculate its checksum header. This confuses
some revs of the 8169, causing the packet that appears on the wire
to be corrupted. (The IP addresses and the checksum field are mangled.)
This will cause the NFS write to fail. Unfortunately, when NFS retries,
it sends the same write request over and over again, and it keeps
failing, so NFS stays wedged.
(A simple way to provoke the failure is to connect the failing system
to a network with a known good machine and do "ping -s 1473 <badhost>"
from the good system. The ping will fail.)
Someone had previously worked around this using the heavy-handed
approahch of just disabling checksum offload. The correct fix is to
manually pad short frames where the TCP/IP stack has requested
checksum offloading. This allows us to have checksum offload turned
on by default but still let NFS work right.
- Not a bug, but change the ID strings for devices with hardware rev
0x30000000 and 0x38000000 to both be 8168B/8111B. According to RealTek,
they're both the same device, but 0x30000000 is an earlier silicon spin.
perform the reboot action via the reset register instead of our legacy
method. Default is 0 (use legacy). This is needed because some systems
hang on reboot even though they claim to support the reset register.
MFC after: 2 days
- fix "No sound in KDE":
The problem is related to the implementation of Envy24(1712) hardware
mixer support in the driver. Envy24(1712) has very precise 36bit wide
hardware mixer, which is superior that vchans (software sound mixer in
the kernel). The driver supports Envy24(1712) hardware mixer, so up to
10 channels (5 stereo pairs) can be playback simultaneously.
However, there are problems with the implementation of Envy24(1712)
hardware mixer support in the driver, one of them is the problem with
"no sound in KDE":
When playing back several channels simultaneously and
stoping one of the channels, sound starts to stutter and
plays at very low speed.
Another problem is:
Playing back simultaneously more than one 24bit/32bit
sound file or 16bit sound file and 24bit/32bit sound
file doesn't work as expected.
Submitted by: "Konstantin Dimitrov" <kosio.dimitrov@gmail.com>
poll (i.e. call read_char() method) slave keyboards.
This workaround should fix problem with kbdmux(4) and
atkbd(4) not working in ddb(4) and mid-boot.
MFC after: 1 week
by remembering a map used in bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9). I have
no idea how it could ever worked before.
This fixes a warning generated by a diagnostic check in sun4v
iommu driver.
Reported by: jb
Tested by: jb(sun4v)
space range per channel, but rather the unshifted range. The
shifting depends on the bus. The hardcoded shift was specific
to the SBus on sparc64. The shifted range is now determined at
run-time. This fixes the mac-io attachment.
Prevent casual modification by requiring hw.acpi.thermal.user_override to
be set first. Fix printing of negative temperatures in the K->C conversion.
Document the remaining thermal sysctls.
MFC after: 3 days
desired role configuration instead of existing role. This gets
us out of the mess where we configured a role of NONE (or were
LAN only, for example), but didn't continue to attach the CAM
module (because we had neither initiator nor target role
set). Unfortunately, the code that rewrites NVRAM to match
actual to desired role only works if the CAM module attaches.
MFC after: 2 weeks
controller ported from NetBSD. It supports the following Gigabit
Ethernet adapters.
o Antares Microsystems Gigabit Ethernet
o ASUS NX1101 Gigabit Ethernet
o D-Link DL-4000 Gigabit Ethernet
o IC Plus IP1000A Gigabit Ethernet
o Sundance ST-2021 Gigabit Ethernet
o Sundance ST-2023 Gigabit Ethernet
o Sundance TC9021 Gigabit Ethernet
o Tamarack TC9021 Gigabit Ethernet
The IP1000A Gigabit Ethernet is also found on some motherboards
(LOM) from ABIT.
Unlike NetBSD stge(4) it does not require promiscuous mode operation
to revice packet and it supports all hardware features(TCP/UDP/IP
checksum offload, VLAN tag stripping/insertion features and JUMBO
frame) and polling(4).
Due to lack of hardware, hardwares that have TBI trantransceivers
were not tested at all.
Special thanks to wpaul who provided valauble datasheet for the
controller and helped to debug jumbo frame related issues. Whitout
his datasheet I would have spent many hours to debug this chip.
Tested on: i386, sparc64
mac-io bus, we cannot setup FAST interrupt handlers. This because we
use spinlocks to protect the hardware and all interrupt resources are
assigned the same interrupt handler. When the interrupt handler is
invoked for interrupt X, it could be preempted for interrupt Y while
it was holding the lock (where X and Y are the interrupt resources
corresponding a single instance of this driver). This is a deadlock.
By only using a MPSAFE handler in that case we prevent preemption.
The register layout has changed since the original NV4 - sigh.
Hotplug support has been fixed for all nVidia chipsets that supports it
(including the MCP51/55).
HW donated by: Kingsley College
locked.
- Move all the svr4 socket cache code into svr4_socket.c, specifically
move svr4_delete_socket() over from streams.c. Make the socket cache
entry structure and svr4_head private to svr4_socket.c as a result.
- Add a mutex to protect the svr4 socket cache.
- Change svr4_find_socket() to copy the sockaddr_un struct into a
caller-supplied sockaddr_un rather than giving the caller a pointer to
our internal one. This removes the one case where code outside of
svr4_socket.c could access data in the cache.
- Add an eventhandler for process_exit and process_exec to purge the cache
of any entries for the exiting or execing process.
- Add methods to init and destroy the socket cache and call them from the
svr4 ABI module's event handler.
- Conditionally grab Giant around socreate() in streamsopen().
- Use fdclose() instead of inlining it in streamsopen() when handling
socreate() failure.
- Only allocate a stream structure and attach it to a socket in
streamsopen(). Previously, if a svr4 program performed a stream
operation on an arbitrary socket not opened via the streams device,
we would attach streams state data to it and change f_ops of the
associated struct file while it was in use. The latter was especially
not safe, and if a program wants a stream object it should open it via
the streams device anyway.
- Don't bother locking so_emuldata in the streams code now that we only
touch it right after creating a socket (in streamsopen()) or when
tearing it down when the file is closed.
- Remove D_NEEDGIANT from the streams device as it is no longer needed.
renegotiation, we only initialize the hardware only when it is
absolutely required. Process SIOCGIFADDR ioctl in em(4) when we know
an IPv4 address is added. Handling SIOCGIFADDR in a driver is
layering violation but it seems that there is no easy way without
rewritting hardware initialization code to reduce settle time after
reset.
This should fix a long standing bug which didn't send ARP packet when
interface address is changed or an alias address is added. Another
effect of this fix is it doesn't need additional delays anymore when
adding an alias address to the interface.
While I'm here add a new if_flags into softc which remembers current
prgroammed interface flags and make use of it when we have to program
promiscuous mode.
Tested by: Atanas <atanas AT asd DOT aplus DOT net>
Analyzed by: rwatson
Discussed with: -stable
- Copy ethernet firmware down in small chunks so as to avoid bugs
in early versions of the bootstrap firmware.
- Attempt to "adopt" the running firmware if we cannot load a suitable
firmware image via firmware(9).
- Separate firmware validation into its own routine, and check the
major/minor driver/firmware ABI version.
instead of doing the first load with the BUS_DMA_NOWAIT flag. On 4.x with
PAE and > 4gb of RAM this proved disastrous if there weren't enough bounce
pages as amr_mapcmd() would return failure but the callback would later
fire once enough bounce pages were available and would then overwrite
another command's S/G list.
MFC after: 3 days
Submitted by: scottl (4.x version)
Reviewed by: scottl (port from 4.x to HEAD)
precedence uart. With my last change, it became a tie, and uart seems
to always win on my amd64. This was not my intention, so have sio be
just a tiny bit more preferred than uart.
Note: I'm not making any judgement on the merits of uart winning. I'm
just saying that if we want to change it, we do it on purpose.
FreeBSD repository and to clean up the license header so as to
not pollute the license with file function.
Zero all mailbox structures prior to use (just in case). Change
the outgoing mailbox count for INIT_FIRMWARE to be correct.
from a semantic point of view, but I notified the author of the driver
for confirmation. So far it at least fixes the build and should only
lead to not identifying or wrongly identifying a soundcard in the worst
case.
mark it as timed out. Don't try and free the config
request for read_cfg_header that times out because
it's still active. Put in code for the config reply
handler that will then free up timed out requests.
Fix the FC_PRIMITIVE_SEND completion to not try
and free a command twice. Dunno how this possibly
could have been working for awhile.
MFC after: 2 weeks
out ELS buffers but *don't* hang out commands,
we hang folks on the SAN because the LSI-Logic
f/w apparently sends back BUSY or QFULL or some
darn thing.
If we add command buffers, we have to respond to
them sensibly even if we don't have any upstream
listeners (scsi_targ or scsi_targ_bh), so put in
some local command reponse stuff.
MFC after: 2 weeks
sound cards with optional pseudo-multichannel playback.
It's based on snd_emu10k1 sound driver. Single channel version is available
from audio/emu10kx port since some time.
The two new ALSA header files (GPLed), which contain Audigy 2 ("p16v") and
Audigy 2 Value ("p17v") specific interfaces, are latest versions from ALSA
Mercurial repository.
This is not connected to the build yet.
Submitted by: Yuriy Tsibizov <Yuriy.Tsibizov@gfk.ru>
latest version from Mercurial repository. It brings definition of some
additional Audigy 2 / Audigy 2 Value registers.
- Use new #defines from ALSA emu10k1.h
- Remove unused include files:
+ emu10k1-ac97.h was imported from ALSA and never used,
+ emu10k1.h was imported from Creative Linux emu10k1 driver, but only
AUDIGY_CODEBASE was used from it.
Submitted by: Yuriy Tsibizov <Yuriy.Tsibizov@gfk.ru>
forcing all transfers to do the start read/write stop by hand. Some
smart bridges prefer this sort of operation, and this allows us to
support their features more easily. When bridges don't support it, we
fall back to using the old-style opertaions. Expand the ioctl
interface to expose this function. Unlike the old-style interface,
this interface is thread safe, even on old bridges.
Add MEMORY_BARRIER for the few scratch dma ops that were missing
them plus add a couple of hi 32 bit dma ops (we could probably
allow 64 bit scratch and request/response queue dma now).
install custom pager functions didn't actually happen in practice (they
all just used the simple pager and passed in a local quit pointer). So,
just hardcode the simple pager as the only pager and make it set a global
db_pager_quit flag that db commands can check when the user hits 'q' (or a
suitable variant) at the pager prompt. Also, now that it's easy to do so,
enable paging by default for all ddb commands. Any command that wishes to
honor the quit flag can do so by checking db_pager_quit. Note that the
pager can also be effectively disabled by setting $lines to 0.
Other fixes:
- 'show idt' on i386 and pc98 now actually checks the quit flag and
terminates early.
- 'show intr' now actually checks the quit flag and terminates early.
actually go write the config page. This fixes the long standing
problem about updating NVRAM on Fibre Channel cards and seems
so far to not break SPI config page writes.
Put back role setting into mpt. That is, you can set a desired role
for mpt as a hint. On the next reboot, it'll pick that up and redo
the NVRAM settings appropriately and warn you that this won't take
effect until the next reboot. This saves people the step of having
to find a BIOS utilities disk to set target and/or initiator role
for the MPT cards.
significantly reduces booting time when there is broken floppy disk drive,
controller, cable, BIOS, etc.
When the floppy controller interface is correctly implemented, disk change
signal (DSKCHG) is reflected in the Digital Input Register (DIR) at 0x3f7.
However, there are many cases that the signal is unusable. Moreover, some
BIOS does not reserve the port at all. In those cases, the register may not
function.
loading for the QLogic cards.
Because isp(4) exists before the root is mounted, it's not really
possible for us to use the kernel's linker to load modules directly
from disk- that's really too bad.
However, the this is still a net win in in that the firmware has
been split up on a per chip (and in some cases, functionality)
basis, so the amount of stuff loaded *can* be substantially less
than the 1.5MB of firmware images that ispfw now manages. That is,
each specific f/w set is now also built as a module. For example,
QLogic 2322 f/w is built as isp_2322.ko and Initiator/Target 1080
firmware is built as isp_1080_it.ko.
For compatibility purposes (i.e., to perturb folks the least), we
also still build all of the firmware as one ispfw.ko module.
This allows us to let 'ispfw_LOAD' keep on working in existing
loader.conf files. If you now want to strip this down to just
the firmware for your h/w, you can then change loader.conf to
load the f/w you specifically want.
We also still allow for ispfw to be statically built (e.g., for
PAE and sparc64).
Future changes will look at f/w unloading and also role switching
that then uses the kernel linker to load different ips f/w sets.
MFC after: 2 months
Use it to reset controller and to select data rate. According to Intel
80277AA datasheet, software reset behaves the same as DOR reset except
that it is self clearing. National Semiconductor PC8477B datasheet says
the same. As a side effect, we no longer use Configuration Control
Register (CCR) at 0x3f7 for these controllers, which is often missing
in modern hardware.
(and by extension, the 2422).
One peculiar thing I've found with the 2322 is that if you
don't force it to do Hard LoopID acquisition, the firmware
crashes. This took a while to figure out.
While we're at it, fix various bugs having to do with NVRAM
reading and option setting with respect to pieces of NVRAM.
is never taken since there aren't any 802.11a ural(4) sticks available
on the market.
PR: kern/99676
Submitted by: KIYOHARA Takashi
Reviewed by: damien
MFC after: 1 week
tree... John Baldwin noted that sio might pass values between probe
and attach via softc. It appears that sio does leave the hardware in
a known state after probing, so other drivers that try to probe might
leave it in a worse state. It doesn't seem to pass any data in softc,
however, that I could find... I think we should not be probing for
anything but nonPnP isa, but that's a change for another day.
Submitted by: Frank Behrens
PR: 87845
cards: the chips are all marked "RTL8111B", but they put stickers on the
back that say "RTL8168B/8111B". The manual says there's only one HWREV code
for both the 8111B and 8168B devices, which is 0x30000000, but the cards
they sent me actually report HWREV of 0x38000000. Deciding to trust the
hardware in front of me rather than a possibly incorrect manual (it wouldn't
be the first time the HWREVs were incorrectly documented), I changed the
8168 revision code. It turns out this was a mistake though: 0x30000000
really is a valid for the 8168.
There are two possible reasons for there to be two different HWREVs:
1) 0x30000000 is used only for the 8168B and 0x38000000 is only for
the 8111B.
2) There were 8111/8168 rev A devices which both used code 0x30000000,
and the 8111B/8168B both use 0x38000000.
The product list on the RealTek website doesn't mention the existence of
any 8168/8111 rev A chips being in production though, and I've never seen
one, so until I get clarification from RealTek, I'm going to assume that
0x30000000 is just for the 8168B and 0x38000000 is for the 8111B only.
So, the HWREV code for the 8168 has been put back to 0x30000000,
a new 8111 HWREV code has been added, and there are now separate
entries for recognizing both devices in the device list. This will
allow all devices to work, though if it turns out I'm wrong I may
need to change the ID strings
BCM5787 based NICs.
- Recognize BCM5703 B0 ASIC.
- Rewrite the jumbo capability matching macro, so that chips known
to work are listed there. [*]
[*] I'm still not sure about this. Probably more corrections
will be done to this macro after discussion with davidch@
and brad@OpenBSD.
Obtained from: OpenBSD (brad)
This driver was ported from OpenBSD by Shigeaki Tagashira
<shigeaki@se.hiroshima-u.ac.jp> and posted at
http://www.se.hiroshima-u.ac.jp/~shigeaki/software/freebsd-nfe.html
It was additionally cleaned up by me.
It is still a work-in-progress and thus is purposefully not in GENERIC.
And it conflicts with nve(4), so only one should be loaded.
latter is a PCIe 10/100 chip.
Finally fix the EEPROM reading code so that we can access the EEPROMs on all
devices. In order to access the EEPROM, we must select 'EEPROM programming'
mode, and then set the EEPROM chip select bit. Previously, we were setting
both bits simultaneously, which doesn't work: they must be set in the
right sequence.
Always obtain the station address from the EEPROM, now that EEPROM
reading works correctly.
Make the TX interrupt moderation code based on the internal timer
optional and turned off by default.
Make the re_diag() routine conditional and off by default. When it is
on, only use it for the original 8169, which was the only device that
that really needed it.
Modify interrupt handling to use a fast interrupt handler and fast
taskqeueue.
Correct the rgephy driver so that it only applies the DSP fixup for
PHY revs 0 and 1. Later chips are fixed and don't need the fixup.
Make the rgephy driver advertise both 1000_FD and 1000_HD bits in
autoneg mode. A couple of the devices don't autoneg correctly unless
configured this way.
stations in power save: add a new q where mcast frames are stashed
and on beacon update (at DTIM) move frames from the mcast q to the
cabq and start it. This ensures the cabq is only manipulated in
one place.
Sponsored by: Hobnob
MFC after: 2 weeks
Don't enable/disable I/O space except for SAS adapters.
This fixes a problem with VMware 4.5 Workstation.
Fix an egregious bug introduced to target mode so it actually
will not panic when you first enable a lun.
Minor fixes:
Take more infor from port facts and configuration pages.
MFC after: 1 week
- Add a new function linker_release_module() as a more intuitive complement
to linker_reference_module() that wraps linker_file_unload().
linker_release_module() can either take the module name and version info
passed to linker_reference_module() or it can accept the linker file
object returned by linker_reference_module().
- Curitel PC5740 Wireless Modem (Verizon's PCMCIA card)
- Sierra MC5720 Wireless Modem (Built in to Thinkpad X60s)
The scanner in the PR is already supported.
PR: 98908
Submitted by: Michael Collette <metrol@metrol.net>
blinks by default. When the operating system (read: normally an Xbox
360) initializes the gamepad, the LED stops blinking.
Change our uhid code to do the same.
PR: 97169
Submitted by: Ed Schouten <ed@fxq.nl>
- Enable 4 automatic vchan's by default.
- Add some comments which provide ides/questions for improvement.
- Prefix some temporary sysctl's with an underscore to denote that it is not
an official API but a workaround until the real solution is implemented.
yet. More commits to follow.
I got no response from the author, but since the driver is BSD licensed
I don't think he will complain. :-)
I got it from http://people.freebsd.org/~lofi/envy24.tar.gz
Written by: Katsurajima Naoto <raven@katsurajima.seya.yokohama.jp>
- Add more device IDs, ASIC revisions and chip IDs.
- Rewrite a bit code that picks the description for device.
- Introduce several macros to shorten quirks for bugs and
features.[*]
- Use some magic values, that OpenBSD has successfully
possessed from Linux (Broadcom supplied) driver.
- Remove disabled code that tried to access VPD.
[*] The macro that matches Jumbo capable NICs is
rewritten to preserve our current behavior. I
need clarify whether our or theirs is correct.
PR: 68351 (and may be others)
Obtained from: OpenBSD, brad@ mostly
!IFQ_DRV_IS_EMPTY(). Taking this into account, I re-structured the
transmit routine so as to avoid adding another if/then in the
critical path.
Thanks to brueffer for showing my how to test with altq/pf.
- Update the firmware to the latest released firmware
(1.4.3), which corresponds to the firmware in the
latest shipping drivers from Myricom. This firmware
fixes several bugs in the firmware's PCI-e implementation,
and it also changes the driver/firmware interface:
o TSO was added, and changed the format of the transmit
descriptors.
o The firmware no longer counts transmits descriptors,
but frames. So the driver needs to keep a count
of the number of frames sent.
o The weird interrupt strategy changed to a normal receive
return ring. This ring is much bigger, and we may be
able to support DEVICE_POLLING.
o Myricom's header files changed the name of firmware
related #define's and enums (s/_MCP_/FW_).
- Stopped spamming the console with lots of printfs unless
mxge_verbose (or bootverbose) is set.
- Made additional information available via sysctl, including
the results of a PCI-e DMA benchmark run at device reset.
- Decreased the excessively long timeouts when sending commands
from 2 seconds to 20ms.
Sponsored by: Myricom Inc.
the description so we don't have to do any more queries. Disable the
event query code until it figured out since but it is similar to the
AEN detail so we should be able to get that working.
s/myri10ge/mxge/g replacement in the myri10ge files. A few contuation
lines were joined because of the regained columns.
- Hook the mxge driver back to the build.
o Implement a bunch of sysctl's to report the information
that's now always reported. Mvoe reporting of that info
to bootverbose, but maybe it can go away entirely.
dev.ed.X.type: string name
dev.ed.X.TxMem: amount of memory used for tx side of the card
dev.ed.X.RxMem: amount of memory used for rx side of the card
dev.ed.X.Mem: Total amount of mem on card.
o Better comments about where NE-2000 (and clones) gets their MAC
address from.
systems. Introduce a new sysctl "hw.acpi.disable_on_reboot" that allows
users to re-enable the old behavior in case it's needed for some systems.
We never disable in the power-off path.
Original approach submitted by Alexander Logvinov <abuse@akavia.ru> with
reworking by Jung-uk Kim and myself.
firmware_get() will not work while resuming. Note that we can't
simply drop the FIRMWARE_UNLOAD flag, because that will result in
a firmware image that can never be unloaded by the user since the
firmware subsystem will hold a linker reference to it (it's not
clear that firmware_put() without FIRMWARE_UNLOAD ever does quite
what you'd want).
- Removed updates to if_ibytes, if_obytes, if_imcasts, and if_omcasts.
These should not be handled by the driver.
- Add code to handle excessively fragmented mbufs when mapping TX frames.
Reviewed by: ps
Approved by: ps (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
SK-NET GENESIS document says reading SK_ISSR should stop generating
further interrupts(Since we drop a driver lock before invoking
ifp->if_input handler we should disable interrupts in ISR in order
to protect integrity of softc from subsequent interrupts). But it
seems that there is possibility of loosing interrupts between
reading SK_ISSR and determining which interrupts are reported.
To cope with the situation we continuously read SK_ISSR register
until there are no interrupts. However, it seems that the above
work around doesn't fix all cases. To protect watchdog handler
from triggering false alarm add a work around code which try to
reclaim pending Tx descriptors before resetting hardware. This
should fix occasional watchdog timeout errors seen on this driver.
Reported by: Frank Behrens <frank AT pinky dot sax dot de >
Tested by: Frank Behrens <frank AT pinky dot sax dot de >
taskqueued interrupt mode is going to be quite complex. Since
the polling mode is considered legacy feature for em(4) driver,
the decision is made to make polling and new interrupt handler
mutually exclusive, selected at compile time.
If kernel is compiled with DEVICE_POLLING, the fast taskqueued
interrupt handler code is disabled and the em_poll() and legacy
em_intr() functions are enabled. Otherwise, legacy functions
are disabled and only em_intr_fast() code is compiled.
Discussed with: scottl
Clean out the abortive start to homegrown, per-mpt,
Domain Validation. This should really be done at a
higher level.
Use the PIM_SEQSCAN flag for U320- this seems to correct
cases of being unable to consistently negotiate U320 in
the cases where I'd seen this before.
Between this and other recent checkins, this driver is
pretty close to being ready for MFC.
Reviewed by: scottl, ken, scsi@
MFC after: 1 week
set to ILACC rather than PCnet-PCI as VMware doesn't implement ILACC
compatibility, resulting in the VMware virtual machine to crash if
enabled. Add a comment regarding usage of ILACC vs. PCnet-PCI mode.
Reported and tested by: gnn, wsalamon
device went away while open or if you tried to change the config
number while devices were open. Based on the patch from the PR with
a number of changes as discussed with the submitter.
PR: usb/97271
Submitted by: Anish Mistry
axe_cmd() calls. Without this the device can get confused if multiple
threads attempt these operations concurrently. The problem was
easily reproducible by running "ifconfig axe0" in a loop because
eventually it would conflict with axe_tick_task().
A similar approach is probably required in all USB ethernet drivers.
Move the code for printing timer statistics into a test function instead of
an ifdef (accessible via the debug.acpi.hpet_test tunable). Also use defines
for register offsets instead of magic values.
Courtesy of: slow flight to HK
it. We just moved it to be pci specific, so this was causing compile
problems (linking problems, so I didn't notice since I unwisely just
built the module).
vendor-specific device ids across vendors.
- Include the revision in the dc_devs[] array instead of special casing
the revid handling in dc_devtype().
- Use PCI bus accessors to read registers instead of pci_read_config()
where possible.
- Use an 8-bit write to update the latency timer.
- Use PCIR_xxx constants and remove unused DC_xxx related to standard
PCI config registers.
MFC after: 1 week
(1) bpf peer attaches to interface netif0
(2) Packet is received by netif0
(3) ifp->if_bpf pointer is checked and handed off to bpf
(4) bpf peer detaches from netif0 resulting in ifp->if_bpf being
initialized to NULL.
(5) ifp->if_bpf is dereferenced by bpf machinery
(6) Kaboom
This race condition likely explains the various different kernel panics
reported around sending SIGINT to tcpdump or dhclient processes. But really
this race can result in kernel panics anywhere you have frequent bpf attach
and detach operations with high packet per second load.
Summary of changes:
- Remove the bpf interface's "driverp" member
- When we attach bpf interfaces, we now set the ifp->if_bpf member to the
bpf interface structure. Once this is done, ifp->if_bpf should never be
NULL. [1]
- Introduce bpf_peers_present function, an inline operation which will do
a lockless read bpf peer list associated with the interface. It should
be noted that the bpf code will pickup the bpf_interface lock before adding
or removing bpf peers. This should serialize the access to the bpf descriptor
list, removing the race.
- Expose the bpf_if structure in bpf.h so that the bpf_peers_present function
can use it. This also removes the struct bpf_if; hack that was there.
- Adjust all consumers of the raw if_bpf structure to use bpf_peers_present
Now what happens is:
(1) Packet is received by netif0
(2) Check to see if bpf descriptor list is empty
(3) Pickup the bpf interface lock
(4) Hand packet off to process
From the attach/detach side:
(1) Pickup the bpf interface lock
(2) Add/remove from bpf descriptor list
Now that we are storing the bpf interface structure with the ifnet, there is
is no need to walk the bpf interface list to locate the correct bpf interface.
We now simply look up the interface, and initialize the pointer. This has a
nice side effect of changing a bpf interface attach operation from O(N) (where
N is the number of bpf interfaces), to O(1).
[1] From now on, we can no longer check ifp->if_bpf to tell us whether or
not we have any bpf peers that might be interested in receiving packets.
In collaboration with: sam@
MFC after: 1 month
fixing speed negotiation.
Also fix the mpt_execute_req function to actually
match mpt_execute_req_a64. This may explain why
i386 users were having more grief.
